Programme Specific Regulations 2025 - 2026
Programme regulations stand approved for the 2025/2026 academic year. It is expected that there may be changes made to these regulations, please ensure you consult this page regularly during the academic year.
DCU Business School
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Accounting and Finance |
| Programme Code | AF |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in the 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules
Students will not be permitted to "carry" modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Year 1
| ACC1003 | Financial Accounting 1 |
| ACC1004 | Introductory Accounting for Planning & Control |
| LAW1002 | Principles of Commercial Law in Ireland |
Year 2
| ACC1005 | International Accounting Theory & Practice |
| ACC1007 | Management Accounting: Cost Systems |
|
ACC1008 |
Accounting for Sustainable Business |
| FBA1006 | Corporate Financial Management and Investments |
Year 3
| ACC1010 | Advanced International Financial Accounting |
| ACC1011 | Taxation |
| ACC1014 | Management Accounting - Decision Making |
| LAW1036 | Company Law for Accountants |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Global Business |
| Programme Code | EBC, EBF, EBG, EBS, EBT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
Both 2nd and 3rd year precision marks are included in the final award classification calculation at a weighting of 20% each.
| Year/ Subject Contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
| 2 | 20% |
| 3 | 20% |
| 4 | 60% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, except for year 1 and year 2 as follows:
| Programme Code | Student Origin | Credits |
|---|---|---|
| EBC1, EBF1, EBG1, EBS1, EBT1 | All | 75 |
| EBC2, EBF2, EBG2, EBS2 EBT2 | All | 45 |
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following modules and Intra module:
First Year:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
| FRE1000 | Intermediate French Language Skills 1 | 5 |
| FRE1001 | Intermediate French Language Skills 2 | 5 |
| GER1000 | Intermediate German Language Skills 1 | 5 |
| GER1001 | Intermediate German Language Skills 2 | 5 |
| SPA1000 | Intermediate Spanish Language Skills 1 | 5 |
| SPA1001 | Intermediate Spanish Language Skills 2 | 5 |
| FRE1002 | Intermediate French 1 | 10 |
| FRE1003 | Intermediate French 1A | 5 |
| GER1004 | Intermediate German 1 | 10 |
| GER1005 | Intermediate German 1A | 5 |
| SPA1004 | Intermediate Spanish 1 | 10 |
| SPA1005 | Intermediate Spanish 1A | 5 |
Second Year:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
| FRE1007 | Intermediate French Language Skills 3 | 5 |
| GER1010 | Intermediate German Language Skills 3 | 5 |
| SPA1010 | Intermediate Spanish Language Skills 3 | 5 |
| FRE1012 | French Language and Business 1 | 10 |
| FRE1015 | French Language and Business 2 | 5 |
| GER1016 | German Language and Business 1 | 10 |
| GER1020 | German Language and Business 2 | 5 |
| SPA1016 | Spanish Language and Business 1 | 10 |
| SPA1020 | Spanish Language and Business 2 | 5 |
| BAA1013 | INTRA | 10 |
Third Year:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
| BAA1020 | INTRA | 30 |
| BAA1094 | Industry Engaged Learning | 30 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1006 | Level Three Coursework |
| BAA1013 | Intra |
| BAA1020 | Intra |
| BAA1021 | Year Abroad (EB) |
| BAA1025 | Year Abroad (EB Level 4) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
Bachelor of Business Studies Bachelor of Business Studies (Exchange) Bachelor of Business Studies (Intra) |
| Programme Code | BS, BSE, BSI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification. This also pertains to students who transfer into final year from other Business School programmes.
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Final Year | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1024 | Business Summer School |
| BAA1051 | Intra Reflection |
| BAA1052 | Intra Work Placement |
| BAA1049 | Study Abroad Reflection |
| BAA1050 | Study Abroad Module |
| ARB1003 | Arabic Language & Culture 5 (Intermediate) |
| FRE1017 | French Language and Culture 5 (Intermediate) |
| JPN1007 | Japanese Language and Culture 1 (Beginners) |
| LAN1000 | Multilingualism |
| SPA1021 | Spanish Language and Culture 1 (Beginners) |
| SPA1023 | Spanish Language and Culture 3 |
| SPA1025 | Spanish Language and Culture 5 (Intermediate) |
| SPA1027 | Spanish Language and Culture 7 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Business Studies International |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | INTB |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
|
Year/Subject Contribution |
Contribution to the award classification |
|
Year 2 |
20% |
|
Year 4 |
80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
First Year:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
|---|---|---|
| FRE1002 | Intermediate French 1 | 10 credits |
| FRE1003 | Intermediate French 1A | 5 credits |
| GER1004 | Intermediate German 1 | 10 credits |
| GER1005 | Intermediate German 1A | 5 credits |
| JPN1001 | Japanese Language 1A | 10 credits |
| JPN1002 | Japanese Language 1B | 10 credits |
| SPA1004 | Intermediate Spanish 1 | 10 credits |
| SPA1005 | Intermediate Spanish 1A | 5 credits |
| CHN1000 | Chinese Language 1A | 10 credits |
| CHN1001 | Chinese Language 1B | 10 credits |
Second Year:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
|---|---|---|
| FRE1012 | French Language and Business 1 | 10 credits |
| FRE1013 | French Language and Business 2 | 10 credits |
| GER1016 | German Language and Business 1 | 10 credits |
| GER1017 | German Language and Business 2 | 10 credits |
| SPA1016 | Spanish Language and Business 1 | 10 credits |
| SPA1017 | Spanish Language and Business 2 | 10 credits |
| CHN1005 | Chinese Language 2 | 10 credits |
| JPN1006 | Japanese Language 2 | 10 credits |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| HUM1016 | Year Abroad Coursework - INTB |
| HUM1005 | Year Abroad Coursework - INTB |
| BAA1049 | Study Abroad Reflection |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BSc in Aviation Management BSc in Aviation Management with Pilot Studies BSc in Aviation Management with Air Traffic Controller Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code |
AMPS AMPSP AMPST |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
BSc in Aviation Management:
The precision marks attained in both 2nd and 3rd years contribute 20% each to the overall award classification.
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 60% |
BSc in Aviation Management with Pilot Studies and BSc in Aviation Management with Air Traffic Controller Studies:
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% and in 3rd year contributes 50% to the overall award classification.
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 50% |
| Year 4 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following module below:
Third Year:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
|---|---|---|
| BAA1090 | INTRA/Semester Abroad Module | 25 credits |
| BAA1091 | INTRA Reflection Module | 5 credits |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MNA1139 | Air Traffic Controller - On the Job Training |
| MNA1140 | Air Traffic Controller Rating Training |
| MNA1141 | Air Traffic Controller Reflections |
| MNA1136 | FTO - Ground School Theory |
| MNA1137 | FTO - Frozen ATPL |
| MNA1138 | Pilot Study Reflections |
| BAA1090 | INTRA/Semester Abroad Module |
| BAA1091 | INTRA Reflection Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Digital Business and Innovation |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | DBI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Final Year | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Category 2 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BAA1024 |
Business Summer School |
|
BAA1051 |
Intra Reflection |
|
BAA1052 |
Intra Work placement |
|
BAA1049 |
Study Abroad Reflection |
|
BAA1050 |
Study Abroad Module |
|
ARB1003 |
Arabic Language and Culture 5 (Intermediate) |
|
FRE1017 |
French Language and Culture 5 (Intermediate) |
|
JPN1007 |
Japanese Language and Culture 1 (Beginners) |
|
LAN1000 |
Multilingualism |
|
SPA1021 |
Spanish Language and Culture 1 (Beginners) |
|
SPA1023 |
Spanish Language and Culture 3 |
|
SPA1025 |
Spanish Language and Culture 5 (Intermediate) |
|
SPA1027 |
Spanish Language and Culture 7 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BSc in Marketing, Innovation & Technology BSC in Marketing, Innovation & Technology (with INTRA) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code |
MINT MINTI |
| Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Final Year | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, except in year 1 where they must complete 57.7 credits to progress and year 2 where they must complete 62.5 credits to progress.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstance.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1049 | Study Abroad Reflection |
| BAA1050 | Study Abroad Module |
| BAA1051 | Intra Reflection |
| BAA1052 | Intra Work Placement |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Strategic Leadership |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GCSL |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards Apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 15 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards Apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code (Banner) | Module Title |
| MNA1159 | Leadership and Change 1 |
| MNA1163 | Personal Leadership 1 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Business Analytics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDMBA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards Apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards Apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards Apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Financial Technology and Innovation |
| Programme Code | GDFTI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2024-2025
| Programme Title | Higher Diploma in Management of Information Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | HDMIT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Higher Diploma in Management of Information Technology will be awarded to a student who successfully completed all five modules (77.5 ECTS available).
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following four modules: BAA1080, BAA1011, MNA1170 and MNA1171.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| Distinction | Precision mark of at least 70 |
| Credit | Precision mark of at least 60 |
| Pass | Precision mark of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is not monitored.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students who meet the entry requirements can enroll on BAA1080 and MNA1170 in year one.
Admission to MNA1170 is contingent upon successful competition of BAA1011.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
All modules fall into resit category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both1 components of the module
[1]‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a Continuous Assessment/Examination split; where the module is 100% continuous assessment, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Masters in Business Administration |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MBA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 35 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MNA1176 |
Personal Ethical Leadership B |
|
MNA1177 |
Sustain Strategic Consult B |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Accounting |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MBS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Ref: Chartered Accountants Ireland, Irish Tax Institute
Derogation from Marks & Standards Section 6.3.1 - In a marked module, the final mark will be calculated in accordance with the assessment breakdown outlined in the approved module descriptor. The required pass mark in such a module is 50% of the maximum marks available.
Derogation from Marks & Standards Section 8.4.1 - Classification of Level 9 Awards Taught Masters Degree: To be eligible for consideration for the award of a Level 9 Masters Degree, a student must accumulate the requisite credits as specified in the Award Descriptor. A taught masters award consists of a minimum of 60 ECTS credits of taught modules and a maximum of 30 ECTS credits for the dissertation/practicum. The mark to be used to determine the grade of classification is the precision mark based on the relevant, approved modules. Where the original precision mark is less than 50%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Second Class Honours, Grade 2 classification, irrespective of the final marks achieved.
Derogation from Marks & Standards Section 8.4.2 Table 6: Taught Masters Degree Classification
Precision Mark Award:
- Greater than or equal to 70% - First Class Honours
- Between 60% and 69% - Second Class Honours, Grade 1
- Between 50% and 59% inclusive - Second Class Honours, Grade 2
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Modules Code | Module Title |
| ACC1029 | Research & Professional Portfolio |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Business Administration |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSCBA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 40 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a Coursework/Examination split; where the module is 100% continuous assessment, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Business Analytics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSBA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
BAA1069 |
Dissertation |
|
BAA1105 |
Data Analytics Practicum |
| BAA1106 | Dissertation and Research Methods |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a Coursework/Examination split; where the module is 100% continuous assessment, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Digital Marketing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSDM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Digital Marketing as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Digital Marketing as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Category 2 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MNA1183 | Practicum - Applied Research |
| MAD1040 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Emergency Management |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSEM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 37.5 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1072 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Finance |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MFCM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 and / or category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| FBA1029 | Dissertation |
| FBA1051 | Global Finance Challenge |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Global Management (Digital Disruption) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSGM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Students studying abroad or on the double degree option must abide by the programme rules and regulations of the partner university.
Students registered for BAA1067 Semester 2 Abroad THESIS (Germany) are typically registered for an additional academic year to allow sufficient time to complete internships abroad as part of their study programme. For students studying in Germany they are legally entitled to undertake an internship during their study programme and most opt to do so.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
3.1 Exit Awards
On successful completion of all taught modules equating to 60 credits – there will be an exit point of ‘Graduate Diploma in Global Management’. DCU will provide one award only, at the highest level at which students elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1066 | Semester 2 Abroad Coursework (Germany) |
| BAA1035 | Thesis/Practicum |
| BAA1067 | Semester 2 Abroad THESIS (Germany) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Human Resource Management |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MHRM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MNA1077 | Management Research Report/Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in International Accounting and Business |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MIAB |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Accounting and Business as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following
precision rules apply. The Core modules below must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
- ACC1023: International Financial Accounting Principles (10 credits)
- ACC1024: International Financial Reporting (10 credits)
- ACC1025: Management Accounting: Costing, Planning and Control (10 credits)
- ACC1030: Management Accounting: Decision-making and Performance Measurement (10 credits)
- FBA1002: Financial Management (10 credits)
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Category 2 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1074 | Applied Business Project |
| BAA1075 | Applied Research Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Management (Business) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSBM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Management (Business) as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Category 2 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1074 | Applied Business Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Management (Insights & Innovation) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSII |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MAD1037 | Practicum - Applied Research |
| BAA1070 | Sustainable Enterprise & Innovation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Management (Operations and Supply Chain) |
| Programme Code | MOSC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Management in Operations Management and Supply Chain as indicated in the academic structure (See the designated modules in the appendix 6).
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Management in Operations Management and Supply Chain as indicated in the academic structure (See the designated modules in the appendix 6).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1074 | Applied Business Project |
| BAA1075 | Applied Research Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Appendix
Designated Modules for the Graduate diploma (60 credits)
-
MNA1125 Operations and process management for resilience
-
MNA1020 Strategy in a global context
-
MNA1023 Business Process Innovation
-
MNA1036 International Business: Disruption, Challenges and Sustainability
-
MNA1178 Operational analytics
-
MNA1190 Operations and Project Management
-
MNA1113 Operational strategy
-
MNA1181 Simulation for decision making
-
MNA1179 Digital Supply Chain Innovation
-
MNA1180 Sustainable Transport and Logistics
-
BAA1034 Design Thinking & Creativity for Innovation
-
MNA1122 Building Sustainable and Ethical Organisations
Designated Modules for the Graduate certificate (30 credits)
-
MNA1125 Operations and process management for resilience
-
MNA1178 Operational analytics
-
MNA1113 Operational strategy
-
MNA1179 Digital Supply Chain Innovation
-
MNA1180 Sustainable Transport and Logistics
-
MNA1181 Simulation for decision making
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Management (Strategy) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSSM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Management (Business) as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Category 2 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1075 | Applied Research Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme title | MSc in Strategic Learning and Development |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSLD |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 40 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding module MNA1060 - Strategic Consultancy project II) students are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Strategic Learning and Development. Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MNA1155 | Personal Leadership & Management Skills |
| MNA1060 | Strategic Consultancy Project II |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Work and Organisational Behaviour |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSOB |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 35 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MNA1074 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Work and Organisational Psychology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MPO |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 35 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MNA1074 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
DCU Institute of Education
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Early Childhood Education |
| Programme Code | BECE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year's results, as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | None |
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 40% |
| Year 4 | 40% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be awarded for participation.
1.3 Elective Modules in 4th Year
Student numbers for the elective modules in Year 4 will be capped with the exception of UM404 which is open.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to "carry" modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Erasmus
Marks for Year 3 students who go on Erasmus will be based on overall marks from Semester 1 of Year 3.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ECE1000 | Professional Practice 1 |
| ECE1001 | Professional Practice 2 |
| ECE1004 | Professional Practice 3 |
| ECE1011 | Professional Practice 4 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1182 | Erasmus Experience |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who is required to repeat a Professional Placement may normally repeat it once only.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BEd |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
| Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award classification |
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 40% |
| Year 4 | 40% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Professional/External Body: Teaching Council of Ireland
Derogation from Marks and Standards 3.2.1
In order to graduate, students should be required to demonstrate an acceptable level of proficiency in Literacy and Numeracy as required by the Teaching Council.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDP1020 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
| GAE1001 | Gaeilge |
| EDP1073 | Literacy Education |
| GAE1006 | Gaeilge |
| EDP1066 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
| EDP1070 | Literacy Education |
| ED P1071 | Mathematics Education |
| GAE1010 | Gaeilge 3 |
| EDP1119 | Literacy Education 3 |
| ED 3051* | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
| EDP1125 | Mathematics Education 3 |
| GAE1011 | Gaeilge 4 |
| EDP1118 | An Curaclam Comhtháite: Language & Literacy |
| EDP1124 | Mathematics Education 4 |
Additional Approval for 2.5 credit modules listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDP1068 | Reflection and Enquiry |
| EDP1003 | Enabling Learning |
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed, as indicated below, the minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
| Year | Credits |
| Year 1 | 60 Credits |
| Year 2 | 60 Credits |
| Year 3 | 60 Credits |
| Year 4 | 60 Credits |
Where the number of places on a Year 2 Major Specialism is restricted, places will be allocated in order of merit on the basis of the results of the first sitting of the corresponding Year 1 examination.
Credits associated with the Certificate in Religious Studies cannot be included in the calculation for progression.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
BA in Education Studies (BAED)
To facilitate students who have successfully completed 52.5 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 1; 50 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 2; 40 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 3 and 40 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 4 of Specified theoretical modules from the Bachelor of Education can opt to exit with BA in Education Studies (180 ECTS). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Education.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Education Studies.
If/when a student has more than the required number of credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules may change over time. Therefore, alternative modules, which map onto the exit BA in Education Studies learning outcomes, from the Bachelor of Education will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
Diploma in Education Studies (DED)
To facilitate students who have successfully completed 52.5 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 1 and 50 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 2 of Specified theoretical modules from the Bachelor of Education can opt to exit with Diploma in Education Studies (102.5 ECTS). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2 of the Bachelor of Education.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Education Studies.
If/when a student has more than the required number of theoretical credits in Years 1 and 2 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules may change over time. Therefore, alternative modules, which map onto the exit Diploma in Education Studies learning outcomes, from the Bachelor of Education will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| Year 1 | |
| GAE1001 | Gaeilge |
| EDP1129 | Foundations in Catholic Religious Education |
| EDP1109 | Foundations in Education and ECE |
| EDP1020 | Teagasac na Gaeilge |
| EDP1073 | Literacy Education in the Early Years |
| EDP1021 | Teacher as a Reflective Practitioner (Professional Placement) |
| EDU1040 | Scripture, Faith and Religious Diversity |
|
EDP1159 |
STEM |
|
EDP1161 |
Wellbeing |
|
EDP1162 |
Working in Schools and Classrooms |
|
EDP1163 |
Social and Environmental Education |
|
EDP1164 |
The Arts |
| Year 2 | |
| GAE1006 | Gaeilge |
| EDP1133 | Religious Education and the Child |
| EDP1066 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
| EDP1070 | Literacy Education |
| EDP1067 | Teaching Studies and Teacher as Professional |
| EDP1071 | Mathematics Education |
| EDP1068 | Reflection & Enquiry |
| EDP1078 | Professional Placement |
|
EDP1157 |
Visual Arts Music Ed & Drama Ed |
|
EDP1158 |
Science & Mathematics |
|
EDP1160 |
History & Geography |
|
EDP1166 |
PE and SPHE |
|
EDP1167 |
Foundations & Curriculum Studies & Ethics |
| EDU1041 | Systematic and Moral Theology |
| Year 3 | |
| EDP1119 | Literacy Education 3 |
| GAE1010 | Gaeilge 3 |
| EDP1023 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
| EDP1125 | Mathematics Education 3 |
| EDP1140 | Integration across the Curriculum |
| EDP1000 | Philosophy, Ethics & Global Citizenship Education |
| EDP1025 | Professional Placement 3 |
| EDP1026 | Professional Placement 4 |
| EDP1027 | Professional Placement 5 |
| EDP1024 | Professional Placement Studies |
| EDU1010 | Erasmus Experience |
| EDU1161 | Erasmus Portfolio |
| EDP1131 | Religions, Ethics, Morals and Values |
| EDP1132 | Professional Practitioner in Religious Education |
| Year 4 | |
| EDP1063 | Children, Their Wellbeing and Society |
| GAE1011 | Gaeilge 4 |
| EDP1118 | An Curaclam Comhtháite: Language & Literacy |
| EDP1124 | Mathematics Education 4 |
| EDP1003 | Enabling Learning |
| EDP1115 | Special/Inclusive Ed & Social Inclusion |
| EDP1002 | Schools as Communities |
| EDP1083 | Research Project |
| EDP1174 | Professional Placement 6 Extended Placement |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDP1021 | Teacher as a Reflective Practitioner (PP) |
| EDP1078 | Professional Placement |
| EDP1025 | Professional Placement 3 |
| EDP1026 | Professional Placement 4 |
| EDP1027 | Professional Placement 5 |
| EDU1010 | Erasmus Experience |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Education in Gaeilge and French or German or Spanish/ Baitsiléir Oideachais i nGaeilge, agus Fraincis nó Gearmáinis nó Spánnis |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BEdLan |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
| Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award classification |
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 60% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored in all modules. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class.
1.3 Programme Requirements Pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook, to include completion of a mandatory Context and Engagement period in a school setting prior to the commencement of Semester 1 in each academic year.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Students will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive an official transcript indicating modules completed.
To facilitate students who have satisfactorily completed all language modules of the BEdLan programme (60 credits over two years), but who have been unsuccessful in the Professional Preparation and Practice element, exit route to be introduced to year 2 of BEdLan Programme.
Exit route at the end of year two of the BEdLan programme: Diploma in Education Studies and Languages (Level 7)
To facilitate students who have satisfactorily completed all language modules of the BEdLan programme (60 credits over two years), but who have been unsuccessful in the Professional Preparation and Practice element:
Diploma in Education Studies, Gaeilge, and French DEDGF
Diploma in Education Studies, Gaeilge, and German DEDGG
Diploma in Education Studies, Gaeilge, and Spanish DEDGS
To facilitate students who have satisfactorily completed all taught elements (Theoretical modules) of the BEdLan degree programme, (180 ECTS over four years) but who may wish to exit with an alternative degree:
BA in Education Studies, Gaeilge, and French BAEDGF
BA in Education Studies, Gaeilge, and German BAEDGG
BA in Education Studies, Gaeilge, and Spanish BAEDGS
3.4 Semester Abroad / Erasmus Regulations
Students must have passed all their modules in Year 2 before they can progress to Year 3 and complete their Semester Abroad.
Where a partner institution is oversubscribed in terms of student demand, first year precision marks shall be used to determine the allocation of places.
Students enrolled on the Semester Abroad are normally required to resit failed elements of Year 3 coursework at the partner university.
Where the partner university does not allow for this and where students have failed one module of 5 ECTS or fewer, or a total of 5 ECTS or fewer over more than one module (e.g. two modules worth 2.5 ECTS each) of the 20 DCU equivalent credits required the Semester Abroad Coordinator, in conjunction with relevant colleagues, may consider setting resit examinations/assignments in DCU. The deadline for the completion of such examinations/assignments will be determined by the date of the Year 3 final PAB.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1019 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1022 | Assessment, Learning and Teaching |
| EDS1023 | History of Irish Education and Current Issues |
| EDS1024 | Education Theories |
| FRE1002 | Intermediate French 1 |
| GER1004 | Intermediate German 1 |
| SPA1004 | Intermediate Spanish 1 |
| EDS1025 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1020 | Language Pedagogy |
| EDS1021 | Assessing Language Learning |
| EDS1032 | Introduction to Inclusive Education |
| EDS1031 | Digital Media and Language Learning |
| FRE1033 | Intermediate French 2 |
| GER1018 | Intermediate German 2 |
| SPA1018 | Intermediate Spanish 2 |
| EDS1027 | Professional Preparation and Practice |
| EDS1096 | Feasacht agus Fóineolaíocht na Gaeilge |
| EDS1026 | Curriculum, Policy and Assessment |
| HUM1015 | Year Abroad Portfolio |
| EDS1028 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
| EDS1030 | Education Theories (Advanced) |
| EDS1029 | Research Project |
5 Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| HUM1015 | Year Abroad Portfolio |
| EDS1025 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1027 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1028 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Education in Technology, Engineering and Graphics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BEdTEG |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
| Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
| Year 1 | 10% |
| Year 2 | 30% |
| Year 3 | 30% |
| Year 4 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1098 | School Placement |
| EDS1114 | Advanced School Placement |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1098 | School Placement |
| EDS1114 | Advanced School Placement |
| MEC1079 | Process Design (Teacher Education) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Education in Home Economics and Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BEdHET |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
| Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
| Year 1 | 10% |
| Year 2 | 30% |
| Year 3 | 30% |
| Year 4 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1098 | School Placement |
| EDS1114 | Advanced School Placement |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1098 | School Placement |
| EDS1114 | Advanced School Placement |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Religious Education and English |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BRE |
| Offered of a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows: From 2016/17, 3rd & 4th year precision marks will be included in the award classification calculation at the following weightings:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class. Before a student may commence professional placement s/he should have:
An 85% minimum attendance at each of professional placement preparation modules and associated micro-teaching programmes as outlined below.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1050 | Communication and the Teacher |
| EDS1048 | Introduction to Teaching Methodologies |
| EDS1018 | Introduction to Religious Education |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1044 | Teaching Methodologies for the Inclusive Classroom |
| EDS1047 | Learning and Teaching RE |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1042 | Teaching Methodologies for Creative Thinking and Learning |
| EDS1040 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1041 | Sociology of Education |
| EDS1037 | Re: Integration Seminars |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
1.3 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
A student will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive a transcript detailing the modules completed.
BA in Religious Education and English (BARE)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 60 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, English, the student can opt to exit with the award of: BA in Religious and Education Studies and English (NFQ Level 8). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and English.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Religious Education and English.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified areas, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
Diploma in Religious Education and English (DRE)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 20 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, English, the student can opt to exit with the award of: Diploma in Religious and Education Studies and English (NFQ Level 7). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and English.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Religious Education and English.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits from the specified area, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1050 | Communication and the Teacher |
| EDS1048 | Introduction to Teaching Methodologies |
| EDS1046 | Psychology and Human Development |
| EDS1018 | Introduction to Religious Education |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1044 | Teaching Methodologies for the Inclusive Classroom |
| EDS1049 | Curriculum and Assessment |
| EDS1047 | Learning and Teaching RE |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| RET1007 | Introduction to the Jewish and Christian Scriptures |
| RET1003 | Fnds.s: Philosophical/Theological Ethics |
| RET1029 | Liturgy, Ritual, and Worship |
| RET1032 | The Letters of Paul |
| RET1004 | Justice and Peace |
| RET1031 | Science and Religion |
| PHE1019 | Philosophy: An Historical Introduction |
| RET1034 | Christology: Systematic, Historical, and Interreligious Perspectives |
| RET1038 | Judaism and Islam: An Introduction |
| EDS1042 | Teaching Methodologies for Creative Thinking and Learning |
| EDS1039 | Education Theory - Advanced (History and Phil. of Education) |
| RET1045 | The God Question and the Problem of Evil |
| RET1046 | Religion: Theoretical Approaches |
| EDS1040 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| RET1042 | Relationships, Sexuality and Marriage |
| RET1043 | World Religions/ Worldviews |
| RET1048 | Theological Anthropology |
| EDS1041 | Sociology of Education |
| PHE1028 | Topics in European Philosophy |
| EDS1037 | RE: Integration Seminars |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
| PHE1041 | Bioethics: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives |
| RET1050 | Ecumenism |
| RET1051 | The Gospels: Critical Themes and Issues |
| RET1052 | Research Paper in Religious Studies |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1017 | Erasmus |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who fails a professional placement module will be afforded not more than one opportunity to repeat that placement, with due regard to the DCU Fitness to Practice code. If this results in a failing grade that student will be excluded from the programme.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Religious Education and History |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BRH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows: From 2016/17, 3rd & 4th year precision marks will be included in the award classification calculation at the following weightings:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2. Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class. Before a student may commence professional placement s/he should have:
An 85% minimum attendance at each of professional placement preparation modules and associated micro-teaching programmes as outlined below.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1050 | Communication and the Teacher |
| EDS1048 | Introduction to Teaching Methodologies |
| EDS1018 | Introduction to Religious Education |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1044 | Teaching Methodologies for the Inclusive Classroom |
| EDS1047 | Learning and Teaching RE |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1042 | Teaching Methodologies for Creative Thinking and Learning |
| EDS1040 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1041 | Sociology of Education |
| EDS1037 | RE: Integration Seminars |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
1.3 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
A student will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive a transcript detailing the modules completed.
BA in Religious Education and History (BARH)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 60 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, History, the student will exit with the award of: BA in Religious Education and History (NFQ Level 8). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and History.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Religious Education and History.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified areas, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
Diploma in Religious Education and History (DRH)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 20 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, History, the student will exit with the award of: Diploma in Religious Education and History (NFQ Level 7). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and History.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Religious Education and History.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits from the specified area, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1050 | Communication and the Teacher |
| EDS1048 | Introduction to Teaching Methodologies |
| EDS1046 | Psychology and Human Development |
| EDS1018 | Introduction to Religious Education |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1044 | Teaching Methodologies for the Inclusive Classroom |
| EDS1049 | Curriculum and Assessment |
| EDS1047 | Learning & Teaching RE |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| RET1007 | Introduction to the Jewish and Christian Scriptures |
| RET1003 | Fnds.s: Philosophical/Theological Ethics |
| RET1029 | Liturgy, Ritual, and Worship |
| RET1032 | The Letters of Paul |
| RET1004 | Justice and Peace |
| RET1031 | Science and Religion |
| PHE1019 | Philosophy: An Historical Introduction |
| RET1034 | Christology: Systematic, Historical, and Interreligious Perspectives |
| RET1038 | Judaism and Islam: An Introduction |
| EDS1042 | Teaching Methodologies for Creative Thinking and Learning |
| EDS1039 | Education Theory - Advanced (History and Phil. of Education) |
| RET1045 | The God Question and the Problem of Evil |
| RET1046 | Religion: Theoretical Approaches |
| EDS1040 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| RET1042 | Relationships, Sexuality and Marriage |
| RET1043 | World Religions/ Worldviews |
| RET1048 | Theological Anthropology |
| EDS1041 | Sociology of Education |
| PHE1028 | Topics in European Philosophy |
| EDS1037 | RE: Integration Seminars |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
| PHE1041 | Bioethics: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives |
| RET1050 | Ecumenism |
| RET1051 | The Gospels, Critical Themes and Issues |
| RET1052 | Research Paper in Religious Studies |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1017 | Erasmus |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who fails a professional placement module will be afforded not more than one opportunity to repeat that placement, with due regard to the DCU Fitness to Practice code. If this results in a failing grade that student will be excluded from the programme.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Religious Education and Music |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BRM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows: From 2016/17, 3rd & 4th year precision marks will be included in the award classification calculation at the following weightings:
| Year/Subject Count | Contribution to the award classification |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored in all Education and Religious Education modules. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class.
Before a student may commence professional placement s/he should have: An 85% minimum attendance at each of professional placement preparation modules and associated micro-teaching programmes as outlined below.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1050 | Communication and the Teacher |
| EDS1048 | Introduction to Teaching Methodologies |
| EDS1018 | Introduction to Religious Education |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1044 | Teaching Methodologies for the Inclusive Classroom |
| EDS1047 | Learning and Teaching RE |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1042 | Teaching Methodologies for Creative Thinking and Learning |
| EDS1040 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1041 | Sociology of Education |
| EDS1037 | RE: Integration Seminars |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
1.3 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students who registered prior to 2022/2023 must successfully have completed a minimum of 70 credits in year one, 60 credits in year two and 70 credits in year three in order to progress to the next study period.
Students registered from 2022/2023 onward must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in each year in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
A student will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive a transcript detailing the modules completed.
BA in Religious Education and Music (BARM)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 60 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, Music, the student will exit with the award of: BA in Religious Education and Music (NFQ Level 8). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and Music.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Religious Education and Music.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified areas, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
Diploma in Religious Education and Music (DRM)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 20 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, Music, the student will exit with the award of: Diploma in Religious Education and Music (NFQ Level 7). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and Music.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Religious Education and Music.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits from the specified area, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1050 | Communication and the Teacher |
| EDS1048 | Introduction to Teaching Methodologies |
| EDS1046 | Psychology and Human Development |
| EDS1018 | Introduction to Religious Education |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1044 | Teaching Methodologies for the Inclusive Classroom |
| EDS1049 | Curriculum and Assessment |
| EDS1047 | Learning and Teaching RE |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| RET1007 | Introduction to Jewish and Christian Scriptures |
| RET1003 | Fnds.s: Philosophical/Theological Ethics |
| RET1029 | Liturgy, Ritual, and Worship |
| RET1032 | The Letters of Paul |
| RET1004 | Justice and Peace |
| RET1031 | Science and Religion |
| PHE1019 | Philosophy: An Historical Introduction |
| RET1034 | Christology: Systematic, Historical, and Interreligious Perspectives |
| RET1038 | Judaism and Islam: An Introduction |
| EDS1042 | Teaching Methodologies for Creative Thinking and Learning |
| EDS1039 | Education Theory - Advanced (History and Phil. of Education) |
| RET1045 | The God Question and the Problem of Evil |
| RET1046 | Religion: Theoretical Approaches |
| EDS1040 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| RET1042 | Relationships, Sexuality and Marriage |
| RET1043 | World Religions and Worldviews |
| RET1048 | Theological Anthropology |
| EDS1041 | Sociology of Education |
| PHE1028 | Topics in European Philosophy |
| EDS1037 | RE: Integration Seminars |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
| PHE1041 | Bioethics: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives |
| RET1050 | Ecumenism |
| RET1051 | The Gospels: Critical Themes and Issues |
| RET1052 | Research Paper in Religious Studies |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1043 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
| EDS1045 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
| EDS1017 | Erasmus |
| EDS1036 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
| EDS1038 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who fails a professional placement module will be afforded not more than one opportunity to repeat that placement, with due regard to the DCU Fitness to Practice code. If this results in a failing grade that student will be excluded from the programme.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BSc in Education and Training BSc in Education and Training (Further, Adult and Continuing Education) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ET/ETF |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits (apart from ET year 2 and ETF year 3 which have a minimum of 65 credits to progress) in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
At the end of Year 2 of the ET programmes, students who have been given permission by the Programme Board to pursue the Further, Adult and Continuing Education pathway may progress to ETF3, and, if successful, will be considered for the award of BSc in Education and Training (Further, Adult and Continuing Education) at the end of ETF4.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Under exceptional circumstances, the Progression and Award Board may permit students to progress carrying modules up to a maximum of 10 credits from a previous study period
3.3 Exit Awards
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
Students registered on the BSc in Education and Training programme (flexible-learning mode) have the option to exit from the programme at the end of year 2 having successfully passed 120 ECTS credits of taught elements as per the programme academic structure, and graduate with a Diploma in Education and Training.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDU1104 | Reflective work-based practice |
| EDU1108 | Practical Teaching Placement 1 |
| EDU1109 | Practical Teaching Placement 2 |
| EDU1091 | Practical Teaching Placement 1 |
| EDU1092 | Practical Teaching Placement 2 |
| EDU1110 | Teaching in Online and Blended Learning |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% continuous assessment module
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Science and Mathematics Education |
| Programme Code | SME |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Calculation for the award classification for students entering first year from 2023/2024 onwards:
| Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
| Year 1 | 0% |
| Year 2 | 20% |
| Year 3 | 35% |
| Year 4 | 45% |
Students who entered the programme prior to 2023 will have their award classified as follows:
| Contribution to the Award Classification | |
| Year/Subject Contribution | |
| First Years Sept 2021 & 2022 | |
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 40% |
| Year 4 | 45% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CHM1058 | Fundamental Concepts in Chemistry Education |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| EDS1056 | Foundation Teaching and Placement Preparation |
| EDS1071 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation |
| PHY1032 | Physics Laboratory I (Science Education) |
| CHM1055 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopy Workshop |
| PHY1041 | Physics Laboratory II (Science Education) |
| EDS1077 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation 2 |
| EDS1075 | Professional Placement |
| PHY1092 | Physics Laboratory III (Science Education) |
| EDS1104 | Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Science |
| EDS1105 | Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Maths |
| CHM1056 | Analytical Techniques and Research Project |
| EDS1091 | Chemistry Topics Through Laboratory Practicals |
| EDS1076 | Professional Placement |
| EDS1121 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Maths |
| PHY1010 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Physics |
| EDS1093 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Chemistry |
| PHY1053 | Electronics for Science Teachers |
| EDS1078 | Teaching in Online and Blended Learning Environments |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1017 | Calculus for Teachers |
| CHM1010 | Organic Chemistry |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| CHM1014 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
| MTH1085 | Linear Algebra |
| PHY1021 | Life, the Universe, and Everything |
| PHY1033 | Quantum Physics I |
| PHY1036 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
| MTH1054 | Introduction to Analysis |
| PHY1035 | Solid State Physics I |
| MTH1048 | Probability, Descriptive and Inferential Statistics |
| PHY11019 | Electricity and Magnetism |
| MTH1053 | Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| PHY1053 | Electronics for Science Teachers |
| MTH1095 | Discrete Maths |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Professional/External Body: The Teaching Council
A total of 240 credits are attached to the workload of the BSc in Science and Mathematics Education.
(M&S 1.1.3, Table 1: Award Credit Accumulation Structure.
Honours Bachelor Degree: 180 – 240 ECTS credits).
This stipulation does not apply to the deferred/repeat/legacy students.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed the indicated below, minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Year 1: 60 credits
Year 2: 60 credits
Year 3: 60 credits
Year 4: 60 credits
This stipulation does not apply to the deferred/repeat/legacy students.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
CHM1008 |
Chemistry Laboratory |
|
EDS1056 |
Foundation Teaching and Placement Preparation |
|
EDU1019 |
Fundamental Concepts in Chemistry Education |
|
PHY1032 |
Physics Lab 1 (Science Education) |
|
EDS1074 |
Irish Education History, Structure & Development |
|
EDS1071 |
Microteaching and Teaching Preparation |
|
CHM1055 |
Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopy Workshop |
|
PHY1041 |
Physics Laboratory II (Science Education) |
|
EDU1020 |
Analytical Techniques for Science Education |
|
EDS1077 |
Microteaching and School Placement 2 |
|
MTH1031 |
Mathematical Thinking |
|
EDS1105 |
Teaching & Assessing Junior Cycle Maths |
|
EDS1073 |
Development Psych & Individual Differences |
|
EDS1075 |
Professional Placement |
|
EDS1053 |
ICT Teaching Strategies & Professional Preparation |
|
EDS1072 |
Philosophical Perspectives on Education |
|
CHM1056 |
Analytical Techniques and Research project |
|
EDS1104 |
Teaching & Assessing Junior Cycle Science |
|
EDS1054 |
Curriculum Development and Evaluation |
|
EDS1055 |
Access, Disadvantage, Equality in Education |
|
EDS1078 |
Teaching in Online and Blended Learning Environments |
|
EDS1091 |
Chemistry Topics through Laboratory Practicals |
|
EDS1093 |
Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Chemistry |
|
EDS1121 |
Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Maths |
|
PHY1010 |
Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Physics |
|
EDS1076 |
Professional Placement |
|
EDS1092 |
Education Research Project |
|
EDS1090 |
Individual Differences Diversity & Inclusion in Post Primary Schools |
|
PHY1092 |
Physics Laboratory III |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
CHM1008 |
Chemistry Laboratory |
|
CHM1058 |
Fundamental Concepts in Chemistry Education |
|
PHY1032 |
Physics Laboratory 1 (Science Education) |
|
CHM1055 |
Chemistry Lab & Spectros Workshop |
|
PHY1041 |
Physics laboratory 2 (Science Education) |
|
EDS1076 |
Professional Placement |
|
EDS1104 |
Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Science |
|
EDS1105 |
Teaching & Assessing Junior Cycle Maths |
|
EDS1121 |
Teaching and assessing senior cycle maths |
|
EDS1093 |
Teaching and assessing senior cycle chemistry |
|
EDS1092 |
Education Research Project |
|
CHM1056 |
Analytical Techniques & Research Project |
|
PHY1092 |
Physics Laboratory III |
|
EDS1075 |
Professional Placement |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MTH1017 |
Calculus for Teachers |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
MTH1034 |
Linear Algebra |
|
PHY1021 |
Life, The Universe and Everything |
|
MTH1042 |
Modelling with Differential Equations |
|
CHM1010 |
Organic Chemistry |
|
PHY1033 |
Quantum Physics I |
|
PHY1036 |
Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
|
MTH1048 |
Probability, Descriptive and Inferential Statistics |
|
CHM1014 |
Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
|
PHY1035 |
Solid State Physics I |
|
MTH1054 |
Introduction to Analysis |
|
MTH1090 |
Discrete Mathematics II |
|
PHY1050 |
Semiconductor Physics |
|
MTH1053 |
Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a Coursework/Summative Examination Element; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
Due to the restructuring of the programme and changes to Teaching Council requirements, if students have failed a module that is no longer on the programme, they may be required to substitute another module rather than repeating the failed module.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Certificate in Religious Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CRSPT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
The Certificate in Religious Studies is a special purpose award which is offered on a part-time basis to qualified teachers whose undergraduate degrees have normally been awarded in a jurisdiction other than that of the Island of Ireland. This Certificate fulfils the requirements of the Council for Catechetics of the Irish Episcopal Conference for teaching in schools under Catholic Management.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2024-2025
| Programme Title | Certificate in Religious Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CRS/PCRS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
As part of their Initial Teacher Education (on the Bachelor of Education or the Professional Master of Education (Primary) programme), students can choose to take an additional 15 credits over the course of their primary degree programme to qualify for the Supplementary Award of Certificate in Religious Studies. In order to satisfy the requirements of the Council for Catechetics of the Irish Episcopal Conference to teach in Catholic Schools, these 15 credits must be accompanied by successful completion of all Catholic Religious Education modules/denominational content in the BEd or PMEP degree programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
There is no annual progression on the Certificate in Religious Studies. The modules will be considered by the CRS/PCRS Progression and Awards Board when all additional 15 credits have been attempted in the final year of the student’s ITE primary degree programme.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
There is no repeat opportunity on the CRS/PCRS. Following graduation, students may at their own cost avail of the Certificate in Religious Studies Part-Time Supplementary Award programme, in order to complete relevant outstanding module/s.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Doctor of Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | EdD |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
General Entry Requirements:
- The minimum entry requirements for the programme is a second class or higher Master's degree (or equivalent) in education or a specific discipline area appropriate for one of the Areas of Professional Focus.
- All candidates are typically required to have a minimum of five years professional experience or hold a position of responsibility for at least five years related to the chosen Area of Professional Focus.
- In exceptional circumstances only, candidates for a Professional Doctorate degree who do not meet the stipulated entry requirements based on their cognate degree but who can demonstrate exceptional ability or aptitude for academic research may apply to pursue studies for a research degree. They may base their application on recognition of their accredited or experiential prior learning, in line with University policies in this regard.
Sign-off on PGR documentation
| Form | Description | Sign-off |
|---|---|---|
| PGR2 | Annual Progress Report | Both Head of School (Supervisor section of form) & Programme Chair |
| PGR4 | Intention to Submit Thesis for Examination | Head of School |
| PGR6 | Examination Report (Section E3) | Head of School |
| PGR13 | Notice of Intention to Reside/Carry out Research Abroad | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
| PGR14 | Request for Extension to Maximum Registration OR Readmission to the Research Programme | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
| PGR 15 | Application for Transfer/Advanced Entry to PGR Programme | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
| RPL | Recognition of Prior Learning Application | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
| R103 | Change of Supervisory and/or Panel Member Arrangements | Head of School |
| R32-R | Application for Deferral | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply to years 1 and 2 - taught modules. Years 3 to 4 are governed by Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees by Research & Thesis.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed the indicated below minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Year 1: 65 credits
Year 2: 55 credits
Candidates must have passed all seven modules (120 credits) before progressing to year 3 for the research work. Should students not pass the modules in any given year, they will retake the modules at the next available opportunity.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Under exceptional circumstances, the Progression and Award Board may permit students to progress carrying one module up to a maximum of 15 credits from Year 1 into Year 2.
3.3 Exit Awards
MPhil in Education: Students who have successfully completed 120 taught credits may request to exit with a MPhil in Education.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1011 | Thesis |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Autism Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GCAE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
The synchronous element of online learning is monitored and attendance at on-campus sessions.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 30 credits to complete the programme.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Inclusive and Special Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDISE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits to complete the programme.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in SPHE/RSE (GDip SPHE/RSE) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDSPHE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Guidance Counselling |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDGCO |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
None Specified
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Students must attend 85% of lectures in each module.
The following skills modules have a 100% attendance requirement.
|
Module Code |
Module Title |
|
EDU1141 |
Foundation Skills in Guidance Counselling |
|
EDU1145 |
ICT and Guidance |
|
EDU1144 |
Career Development - Theory, Practice, Research and Policy |
|
EDU1146 |
Guidance Counselling Placement Practice |
|
EDU1147 |
Theory & Skills of Experiential Group Processes & Behaviour |
Students can be withdrawn from the programme for serious breach of Behaviour [Ref.: Sec. 41 Teaching Council Act 2001] Requirements pertaining to Guidance Counselling Placement Practice
Students must maintain a placement in order to remain on the programme [Ref.: Teaching Council]
All students must complete a minimum of 130 hours of placement practice in a centre(s) approved by the Programme Board under the mentorship of a qualified guidance counsellor [Ref.: Teaching Council]
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully complete all modules in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EDU1146 |
Guidance Counselling Practice Placement |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Chaplaincy Studies and Pastoral Work |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MACSPW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
The following skill modules have a monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| WEL1000 | Professional and Spiritual Development |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Part-time students must have successfully completed a minimum of 30 credits in their first period of study in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Students who have successfully completed 60 credits are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Chaplaincy Studies and Pastoral Work, as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| WEL1000 | Professional & Spiritual Development 1 |
| WEL1044 | Professional & Spiritual Development 2 |
| EDU1048 | Research Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Master of Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEd |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Advanced Educational Studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1024 | Quantitative Research Methods (Online) |
| EDU1030 | Leadership: Where are we now |
|
EDU1180 |
Teacher Identity and Popular Culture |
|
EDU1198 |
Climate Change Education |
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% continuous assessment module
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component where there is a continuous assessment and examination element
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Master of Education in Arts Education Practice |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEdAEP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
- Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
- Monitored Attendance
Attendance will be monitored.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Arts Education Practice as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| TBC* | Arts Education Research Thesis |
*Module code will be included in the 2026/27 update of the regulations, once confirmed
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Master of Education in Early Childhood Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEECE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Early Childhood Education as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1024 | Quantitative Research Methods |
| EDU1159 | Research Thesis in Early Childhood Education |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Master of Education in Literacy Professional Practice |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEdLPP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1035 | Exploring Literacy & the Arts (L1&L2) |
| EDU1038 | Research Project |
| EDU1039 | Literacy Research Methods |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Master of Education in Specific Learning Difficulties (Dyslexia) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSPLD |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in SpLD/Dyslexia as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Masters in Education in Special Educational Needs |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEdEN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Entry Routes
Entry to year 2 of this programme is restricted to those who have completed the Department of Education funded 60 ECTS Graduate Diploma in Inclusive/Special Education at Dublin City University.
1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification
The classification of the award for students who completed a 60ECTS Graduate Diploma in Inclusive/Special Education at DCU prior to progressing onto the MEdEN year 2 will be based on 90ECTS (60ECTS from the Graduate Diploma and 30ECTS from the MEdEN year 2).
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have completed a minimum of 60 credits in year 1 (the Graduate Diploma in Inclusive/Special Education) in order to progress to year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Progression
If a student fails module Research Methods, they will not be permitted to undertake the thesis module and will be deregistered from this module.
3.4 Exit awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with the Graduate Diploma in Inclusive/Special Education.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| ISE1036 | Thesis |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Education and Training Management (eLearning) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEME |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding modules EDU1124 Action Research and EDU1127 Dissertation) students are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education and Training Management (eLearning).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1127 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Education and Training Management (Leadership) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEML |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Exit Awards
Students who have successfully completed 60 ECTS credits, excluding modules EDU1124 Action& Research and EDU1127 Dissertation, are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education and Training Management (Leadership).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1127 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Guidance Counselling |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSGC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
None Specified
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Students must attend 85% of lectures in each module.
The following skills modules have a 100% attendance requirement.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDU1134 | Foundation Skills in Guidance Counselling |
| EDU1135 | Int. Frameworks for Guidance Practice I |
| EDU1136 | Guidance & The Digital World |
| EDU1137 | Guidance Placement I |
| EDU1151 | Frameworks for Guidance Practice |
| EDU1152 | Guidance Placement II |
| EDU1153 | Theory and Skills of Experiential Group Processes and Behaviour |
| EDU1138 | Ethical and Inclusive Guidance |
Students can be withdrawn from the programme for serious breach of behavior [Ref.: Sec. 41 Teaching Council Act 2001]
Requirements pertaining to Guidance Counselling Placement Practice
All students must complete a minimum of 130 hours of placement practice in a centre(s) approved by the Programme Board under the mentorship of a qualified guidance counsellor [Ref.: Department of Education PRF / Teaching Council]
1.3 Modules calculations
None Specified
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully complete all modules in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying deferred or failed modules.
3.3 Exit Awards
Having successfully completed a minimum of 60 ECTS credits on the programme (excluding module EDU1139 Research in Guidance (Policy & Practice), students may choose to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Guidance Counselling. Marks and Standards will apply to the calculation of the student's precision mark.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDU1139 | Research in Guidance (Policy & Practice) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Non Award Visitor (Education and Training) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | NAVET |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 10 credits in a study period and must also have successfully completed the Certificate in Education and Training in either Whitehall College of Further Education or Drogheda Institute of Further Education (DIFE) with at least an overall merit in order to progress to Year 1 of the full-time BSc in Education and Training (ET) programme at DCU.
Students who progress from the Non-Award Visitor (Education and Training) (NAVET) programme to the BSc in Education and Training programme are exempt from the modules they have already successfully completed as part of the NAVET programme.
4. Compensation
Compensation does not apply to any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Professional Diploma in Inclusive and Special Education |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | DISE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Participation in the online learning environment is monitored. The module assessment will not be graded unless a required participation threshold is reached.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 20 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 20 credits, students may exit with a Professional Certificate in Inclusive and Special Education.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted for taught postgraduate programmes.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Professional Master of Education (Primary) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PMEP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| GAE1015 | Gaeilge |
| EDP1102 | Professional Placement 2 & Reflection |
| EDP1145 | Foundations in Education and Early Childhood Education |
| EDP1146 | Social and Environmental Education |
| EDP1151 | STEM Education |
| EDP1122 | Language (English) |
| EDP1113 | Language (Gaeilge) |
| EDP1153 | Arts Education |
| EDP1154 | Working in Schools |
| EDP1097 | Professional Placement 1 |
| EDP1152 | Wellbeing |
| EDP1105 | Research Project |
| EDP1127 | Mathematics Education |
| EDP1123 | Literacy 2 |
| EDP1114 | Teagasc na Gaeilge 2 |
| EDP1100 | Professional Placement 3 |
| EDP1156 | Professional Placement 4 Extended Placement |
| EDP1104 | Psychology, School Context, and Religious and Ethical Education |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
2.1 Derogation from Marks and Standards 3.2.1
Professional/External Body: Teaching Council of Ireland
In order to graduate, students should be required to demonstrate an acceptable level of proficiency in Literacy and Numeracy as required by the Teaching Council.
Introduction of 2.5 credit modules listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDP1122 | Language (English) |
| EDP1113 | Language (Gaeilge) |
| EDP1127 | Mathematics Education |
| EDP1123 | Literacy 2 |
| EDP1114 | Teagasc na Gaeilge 2 |
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Professional Placement
Progression may not be automatic if a student fails EDP1100 (Professional Placement 3) in Semester 1.
Where a student fails the qualifying placement EDP1100, remedial processes may be put in place to support the student’s progression to the next semester and subsequent Professional Placement Module.
A mechanism is in place for the individual circumstances of each of these students to be considered, and only those with whom the ADTL (Associate Dean for Teaching & Learning) and Chair judges are not competent to continue school placement would be brought to the attention of the Vice-President Academic Affairs (Registrar).
3.4 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits across Year 1 and 2, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education Studies (Primary). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1 or 2 of the programme.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Graduate Diploma in Education Studies (Primary).
If/when a student has more than the required number of theoretical credits in Years 1 & 2 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules may change over time. Therefore, alternative modules, which map onto the Graduate Diploma in Education Studies (Primary) learning outcomes, from the Professional Master of Education (Primary) will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
Any student who reaches the maximum registration period and has the required credits is automatically exited with the Graduate Diploma in Education Studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDP1097 | Professional Placement 1 |
| EDP1100 | Professional Placement 3 |
| EDP1102 | Professional Placement 2 & Reflection |
| EDP1156 | Professional Placement 4 Extended Placement |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Professional Master of Education (PP) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PME |
| Offered on a full-time of part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must secure a placement in line with the placement regulations, before they can begin each year of the programme.
Students must maintain a placement throughout the school year in order to remain on the programme. [Ref.: Teaching Council, 2011,1.25]. Students must maintain their Taisce (professional Portfolio) while on professional placement.
All students must complete a minimum of 200-250 hours of actual teaching with a class group of no less than 15 students in a second-level school with students between the ages of 12 and 18 years. Students must teach a subject from the second-level curriculum. [Ref: School Placement Handbook for Postgraduate Students, Professional Master of Education (PME) 2022-2023, Section D]
It may be necessary for Professional Placement Tutor observations and assessment to take place outside of the normal lecture period of each semester.
In Year 1, module EDS1058 Professional Placement will be spread across Semester 1 and Semester 2 (min. 4 hours direct teaching per week and 110 hours of placement related activities per year). [Ref.: Teaching Council 2011, 1.25].
In Year 2, module EDS1068 Professional Placement will be spread across Semester 1 and Semester 2 (min. 4 hours direct teaching per week and 110 hours of placement related activities per year) [Ref.: Teaching Council, 2011, 1.25].
1.2 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks & Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
In cases where students do not fully meet the Teaching Council requirements for registration for at least one post-primary curricular subject, the Progression and Award Board may decide to defer progression or discontinue registration until the requirements are met.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to carry a maximum of two modules (10 credits) into Year 2, excluding EDS1058 Professional Placement which cannot be carried. If extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
DCU Faculty of Engineering and Computing
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Access Programme (Wuhan University) MEng in Electronic Engineering |
| Programme Code | MEAW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
There are no resits offered on this programme due to the different academic calendars and registration timings within the collaborating institution.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
To be eligible to transfer to the MEng in Electronic Engineering (Wuhan) students must pass 15 credits at Level 8, must pass 22.5 credits at Level 9, and meet the University’s English Language requirement.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Modules listed in Category 2:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1043 | Wireless/Mobile Communications |
| EEN1054 | Mathematical Techniques & Problem Solving |
| EEN1060 | RD & I Training & Project Planning |
| EEN1086 | English Language |
| EEN1087 | Machine Learning and Big Data |
| EEN1088 | Modern Digital Signal Processing |
| EEN1097 | Edge Programming with C/C++ & Rust |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Access/Qualifier/Graduate Certificate/Graduate Diploma/MEng Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering |
| Programme Code | MMAC/MMQB/MMME |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The MEng is awarded on the completion of 90 credits, of which 60 credits must be from Level 9 modules including MEC1057 (MM533) Research Practice and Methodology (7.5 credits) and a 30 credit project.
Students may obtain an MEng in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with a Major in Simulation-Driven Design, Advanced Manufacturing, Biomedical Engineering, or Sustainable Systems and Energy provided that they pass a stream of pre-defined modules and a project deemed to be in the area of the Major.
The Access and the Qualifier courses do not lead to an award but rather provide a possible entry to the MEng programme.
1.2 Direct Entry Requirements
The minimum direct entry requirement for the MEng programme is a level 8 Honours degree in Mechanical and/or Manufacturing Engineering with an accumulated ECTS credit rating of 240, OR
A level 8 Honours degree in Mechanical and/or Manufacturing Engineering with an accumulated ECTS credit rating of 180 plus three years of relevant work experience.
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Progression from the Access course (MMAC) to the MEng programme is on the basis of achieving a minimum mark of 50% in each module.
Progression from the Masters Qualifier B (MMQB) programme to the MEng programme is on the basis of achieving a minimum mark of 50% in each level 8 module and a minimum pass mark in each level 9 module. Each module must be considered independently and the first 30 credits (4 x level 8 and/or level 9 modules) completed will be used for decision.
Module results for the MEng programme modules undertaken by students on the Qualifier B programme will be used in the calculation of precision marks once the student transfers to the MEng programme. The Qualifier B programme is considered to be part of the MEng programme and will be considered to count as an academic session for the modules attempted in the Qualifier B programme.
Module results for the MEng programme modules undertaken by students on the International Foundation programme will be used in the calculation of precision marks once the student transfers to the MEng programme. The International Foundation programme is considered to be part of the MEng programme and will be considered to count as an academic session for the modules attempted in the IFPXXX programme.
3.2 Exit Awards
The Graduate Diploma is awarded on the completion of 60 credits of Level 9 taught modules (project is not included).
The Graduate Certificate is awarded on the completion of 30 credits of Level 9 taught modules (project is not included).
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MEC1063 |
Project (Masters) |
|
MEC1064 |
Project Sustainable Systems and Energy |
|
MEC1066 |
Project in Advanced Manufacturing |
|
MEC1067 |
Project Simulation-Driven Design |
|
MEC1048 |
Design for Clinical Practice |
|
MEC1065 |
Biomedical Project (Masters) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EEG1009 |
Engineering Mathematics III |
|
MEC1004 |
Mechanics of Materials II |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BEng Biomedical Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BMED |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 15% |
| Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits (potentially over the summer).
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at BMED4, or where otherwise authorised by the BMED Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Biomedical Technology (BMEDT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1001 | Project & Technical Drawing |
| MEC1017 | Product Design |
| MEC1025 | Intra |
| MEC1030 | 4th Year Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1007 | Engineering Mathematics I |
| EEG1008 | Engineering Mathematics II |
| MEC1004 | Mechanics of Materials II |
| MEC1015 | Measurement & Signal Processing |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BEng Electronic and Computer Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ECE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 15% |
Major options are made available in 4th Year, subject to student choice and resource provision. Major option topics may vary in response to perceived market needs and technological trends.
Students may obtain an BEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering in one of the following 3 majors;
- Major in Internet of Things (IoT),
- Major in Machine Learning (ML) or
- Major in Electronic Devices and Systems (EDS)
Students must complete 60 credits in Year 4 from the list of offered modules.
Students in the ECE4 with a major in Internet of Things (IoTi) must complete the following modules:
|
Module Code |
Module Title |
ECTS |
|
EEN1047 |
Control Systems Analysis |
5 |
|
EEN1056 |
Computer Architecture and HDL |
5 |
|
EEN1034 |
DSP-Digital Filters & DFT |
5 |
|
EEN1053 |
Introduction to Engineering Management |
7.5 |
|
EEN1097 |
Edge Programming with C/C++ & Rust |
7.5 |
|
EEN1050 |
Internet of Things Project |
15 |
and one of:
|
EEN1043 |
Wireless/Mobile Communications |
7.5 |
|
EEN1083 |
Data Analysis and Machine Learning I |
7.5 |
and one of:
|
EEN1037 |
Web Application Development |
7.5 |
|
EEN1040 |
Bioelectronics |
7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Machine Learning (MLi) must complete the following modules:
|
Module Code |
Module Title |
ECTS |
|
EEN1047 |
Control Systems Analysis |
5 |
|
EEN1056 |
Computer Architecture and HDL |
5 |
|
EEN1034 |
DSP-Digital Filters & DFT |
5 |
|
EEN1083 |
Data Analysis and Machine Learning I |
7.5 |
|
EEN1057 |
3D Interface Technologies |
7.5 |
|
EEN1053 |
Introduction to Engineering Management |
7.5 |
|
EEN1044 |
Image Processing and Analysis (Plus) |
7.5 |
|
EEN1051 |
Machine Learning Project |
15 |
and one of:
|
EEN1057 |
3D Interface Technologies |
7.5 |
|
EEN1037 |
Web Application Development |
7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Electronic Devices and Systems (EDS) must complete the following modules:
|
Module Code |
Module Title |
ECTS |
|
EEN1056 |
Computer Architecture and HDL |
5 |
|
EEN1047 |
Control Systems Analysis |
5 |
|
EEN1049 |
Solid State Electronics & Semiconductor Devices |
7.5 |
|
EEN1034 |
DSP-Digital Filters & DFT |
5 |
|
EEN1053 |
Introduction to Engineering Management |
7.5 |
|
EEN1052 |
Electronic Devices and Systems Project |
15 |
and one of:
|
EEN1097 |
Edge Programming with C/C++ & Rus |
7.5 |
|
EEN1083 |
Data Analysis and Machine Learning I |
7.5 |
and one of:
|
EEN1045 |
Optical Communication Systems Design |
7.5 |
|
EEN1040 |
Bioelectronics |
7.5 |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1034 | Electromagnetism |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at ECE4, or where otherwise authorised by the ECE Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Electronic and Computer Technology (ECT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EEG1001 |
Project & Technical Drawing |
|
EEN1025 |
Mobile Robotics |
|
EEN1028 |
Intra |
|
EEN1052 |
Electronic Devices and Systems Project |
|
EEN1050 |
Project: Internet of Things |
|
EEN1051 |
Machine Learning Project |
|
EEN1096 |
ECE Study Abroad |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EEG1007 |
Engineering Mathematics I |
|
EEG1008 |
Engineering Mathematics II |
|
EEG1009 |
Engineering Mathematics III |
|
EEN1020 |
Introduction to Systems, Signals and Control |
|
EEN1022 |
Digital and Analogue Electronics I |
|
EEN1016 |
Digital and Analogue Electronics II |
|
PHY1034 |
Electromagnetism |
|
EEN1031 |
Analogue Circuits & Design |
|
EEN1045 |
Optical Communications System Design |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BEng Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CAM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full Time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 15% |
| Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
1. 2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits (potentially over the summer).
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at CAM4, or where otherwise authorised by the CAM Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Mechanical & Manufacturing Technology (MMT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1001 | Project & Technical Drawing |
| MEC1017 | Product Design |
| MEC1025 | Intra |
| MEC1030 | 4th Year Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1007 | Engineering Mathematics I |
| EEG1008 | Engineering Mathematics II |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
| MEC1004 | Mechanics of Materials II |
| MEC1015 | Measurement & Signal Processing |
| MEC1043 | Manufacturing Automation |
[1] ‘‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BEng Mechanical and Sustainability Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | SSE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 15% |
| Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark. The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
| PHY1037 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits (potentially over the summer).
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at SSE4, or where otherwise authorised by the SSE Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Mechanical and Sustainability Technology as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1001 | Project & Technical Drawing |
| MEC1019 | Sustainable Processes (Design Project) |
| MEC1025 | Intra |
| MEC1030 | 4th Year Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1007 | Engineering Mathematics I |
| EEG1008 | Engineering Mathematics II |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
| MEC1002 | Electrical Power & Electromechanical Systems |
| MEC1015 | Measurement & Signal Processing |
| PHY1037 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BEng Mechatronic Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ME |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the fourth year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 15% |
| Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEG1009 | Engineering Mathematics III |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at ME4, or where otherwise authorised by the ME Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Mechatronic Technology (MT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
EEG1001 |
Project & Technical Drawing |
|
MEC1017 |
Product Design |
|
EEN1025 |
Mobile Robotics |
|
EEG1012 |
Intra for Mechatronics Engineering |
|
EEG1014 |
4th Year Project-Mechatronics |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
EEG1007 |
Engineering Mathematics I |
|
EEG1008 |
Engineering Mathematics II |
|
EEN1022 |
Digital and Analogue Electronics I |
|
EEG1009 |
Engineering Mathematics III |
|
MEC1002 |
Electrical Power and Electromechanical Systems |
|
MEC1015 |
Measurement & Signal Processing |
|
EEN1031 |
Analogue Circuits & Design |
|
MEC1043 |
Manufacturing Automation |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering/Master of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ECEi4/ECEiM5 |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 0% |
| Year 2 | 0% |
| Year 3 | 10% |
| Year 4 | 20% |
| Year 5 | 70% |
| BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1=0% Yr 2 = 0% Yr 3 = 15% Yr 4 = 85% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award, the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
Students may obtain an MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering in one of the following 4 majors:
-
Major in Internet of Things (IoTi)
- Major in Machine Learning (MLi) or
- Major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NPi).
Students must complete minimum required credits in Year 4 and Year 5 from the list of offered modules.
In Year 4, students have to complete 60 credits in the ECEi4 year of the integrated programme from their selected Major stream.
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Internet of Things (IoTi) must complete the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| EEN1097 | Edge Programming with C/C++ & Rus | 7.5 |
| EEN1047 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
| EEN1056 | Computer Architecture and HDL | 5 |
| EEN1060 | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
| EEN1034 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
| EEN1037 | Web Application Development | 7.5 |
| EEN1040 | Bioelectronics | 7.5 |
| EEN1053 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
| EEN1083 |
Data Analysis and Machine Learning I |
7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Machine Learning (MLi) must complete the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| EEN1097 | Edge Programming with C/C++ & Rus | 7.5 |
| EEN1047 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
| EEN1056 | Computer Architecture and HDL | 5 |
| EEN1060 | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
| EEN1034 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
| EEN1037 | Web Application Development | 7.5 |
| EEN1057 | 3D Interface Technologies | 7.5 |
| EEN1053 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
| EEN1083 |
Data Analysis and Machine Learning I |
7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NPi) must complete the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
|
EEN1056 |
Computer Architecture and HDL |
5 |
| EEN1047 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
| EEN1049 | Solid State Electronics & Semiconductor Devices | 7.5 |
| EEN1060 | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
| EEN1034 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
| EEN1048 | Mechatronic System Simulation & Control | 7.5 |
| EEN1053 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
|
EEN1083 |
Data Analysis and Machine Learning I |
7.5 |
and one of:
|
EEN1045 |
Optical Communication Systems Design |
7.5 |
|
EEN1040 |
Bioelectronics |
7.5 |
In Year 5, students have to complete 60 credits in the ECEiM5 year of the integrated programme from their selected Major stream.
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Internet of Things (IoTi) must complete the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| EEN1058 | Network performance | 7.5 |
| EEN1043 | Wireless/Mobile Communications | 7.5 |
| EEN1074 | Blockchain Scalability | 7.5 |
| EEN1068 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
| EEN1071 | Connected Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
|
EEN1059 |
Security for IoT and Edge Networks |
7.5 |
| EEN1062 | Internet of Things Masters Project | 15 |
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Machine Learning (MLi) must complete the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| EEN1044 | Image Processing & Analysis (Plus) | 7.5 |
| EEN1058 | Network Performance | 7.5 |
| EEN1072 | Data Analysis and Machine Learning II | 7.5 |
| EEN1068 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
| EEN1071 | Connected Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
| EEN1001 | Computer Vision | 7.5 |
| EEN1098 | Machine Learning Masters Project | 15 |
and one of:
|
EEN1059 |
Security for IoT Networks |
7.5 |
|
EEN1073 |
Real-Time Digital Signal Processing (DSP) |
7.5 |
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NPi) must complete the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| EEN1067 | Photonics Devices | 7.5 |
| EEN1003 | Nanoelectronics Technology | 7.5 |
| EEN1068 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
| EEN1090 | Semiconductor Device Manufacturing | 7.5 |
| EEN1076 | Photonics Applications and Technologies | 7.5 |
| EEN1065 | Nanotechnology and Photonics Masters Project | 15 |
And one of:
| EEN1073 | Real-Time Digital Signal Processing (DSP) | 7.5 |
| EEN1079 | Energy System Decarbonisation | 7.5 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards Paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in Year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, except for circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in Year 4 of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50%) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from Year1, Year 2 and Year 3. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places. Otherwise students complete the 4th year of the BEng programme DC190.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take Year 5 of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of Year 4 so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the Year 4 precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1062 | Internet of Things Masters Project |
| EEN1098 | Machine Learning Masters Project |
| EEN1065 | Nanotechnology and Photonics Masters Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1045 | Optical Communications System Design |
[1] 'Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Bachelor of Engineering Biomedical Engineering/Master of Engineering Biomedical Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BMEDi, BMEDim |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 5% |
| Year 3 | 10% |
| Year 4 | 10% |
| Year 5 | 70% |
| BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80%(including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255. This will be facilitated in exceptional extenuating circumstances only.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50%) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
Otherwise students complete the 3rd and 4th year of the BEng programme DC197.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MEC1017 | Product Design |
| MEC1018 | Intra 1 |
| MEC1033 | Intra 2 |
| MEC1048 | Design for Clinical Practice |
| MEC1050 | MEng Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MEC1015 | Measurement & Signal Processing |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MEng/BEng Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CAMI, CAMIM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 5% |
| Year 3 | 10% |
| Year 4 | 10% |
| Year 5 | 70% |
| BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
Students may obtain an MEng in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with a Major in Sustainable Systems and Energy should they complete the modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| EEN1079 | Energy System Decarbonisation | 7.5 |
| MEC1058 | Energy Auditing and Energy Management | 7.5 |
| MEC1059 | Advanced Sustainable Energy Systems | 7.5 |
| MEC1060 | Whole Life Cycle Analysis | 7.5 |
| MEC1071 | Manufacturing Systems Simulation | 7.5 |
| MEC1057 | Research Practice and Methodology | 7.5 |
| MEC1051 | Project Sustainable Systems and Energy | 15 |
Students may obtain an MEng in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with a Major in Simulation Based Design should they complete the modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| MEC1039 | Finite Element Analysis | 7.5 |
| MEC1040 | Heat and Mass Transfer | 7.5 |
| MEC1056 | Computational Thermo-Fluid Mechanics | 7.5 |
| MEC1071 | Manufacturing Systems Simulation | 7.5 |
| MEC1057 | Research and Practice Methodology | 7.5 |
| MEC1050 | MEng Project | 15 |
And one of:
| MEC1054 | Advanced Finite Element Analysis | 7.5 |
| MEC1061 | Turbomachinery | 7.5 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255. This will be facilitated in exceptional extenuating circumstances only.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50% ) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
Otherwise students complete the 3rd and 4th year of the BEng programme DC195.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MEC1017 | Product Design |
| MEC1018 | Intra 1 |
| MEC1033 | INTRA 2 |
| MEC1050 | MEng Project |
| MEC1051 | Project Sustainable Systems & Energy |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MEC1015 | Measurement & Signal Processing |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BEng/MEng Mechanical and Sustainability Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | SSEI, SSEIM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 5% |
| Year 3 | 10% |
| Year 4 | 10% |
| Year 5 | 70% |
| BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark. The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| PHY1037 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255. This will be facilitated in exceptional extenuating circumstances only.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50%) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MEC1019 |
Sustainable Processes (Design Project) |
|
MEC1025 |
Intra |
|
MEC1018 |
Intra 1 |
|
MEC1033 |
INTRA 2 |
|
MEC1030 |
4th Year Project |
|
MEC1019 |
Sustainable Processes (Design Project) |
|
MEC1051 |
Project Sustainable Systems & Energy |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EEG1009 |
Engineering Mathematics III |
|
MEC1002 |
Electrical Power and Electromechanical Systems |
|
PHY1037 |
Physics of Renewable Energy |
|
MEC1015 |
Measurement & Signal Processing |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MEng/BEng Mechatronic Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEi / MEiM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 5% |
| Year 3 | 10% |
| Year 4 | 10% |
| Year 5 | 70% |
| BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255.
1.1 Awards
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer at the end of the 2nd year of the programme to the MEng pathway in 3rd year, students must achieve minimum H2.2 average (50%) from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
Otherwise students complete the 3rd and 4th year of the BEng programme DC193.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1025 | Mobile Robotics |
| EEG1013 | Intra1 |
| EEG1015 | INTRA II |
| MEC1017 | Product Design |
| EEG1016 | 5th Year Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1031 | Analogue Circuits & Design |
| MEC1015 | Measurement & Signal Processing |
| MEC1062 | Manufacturing Automation |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSC Computer Applications |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CA/CASE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1025 | IT Mathematics I |
| MTH1026 | IT Mathematics II |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to one module. The academic record of the student to date, the module content, and mode of delivery will be taken into consideration when making this decision.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1037 | Introduction to DevOps |
| CSC1049 | Year 3 Project |
| CSC1093 | Intra |
| CSC1094 | Semester One Abroad |
| CSC1097 | Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1025 | IT Mathematics I |
| MTH1026 | IT Mathematics II |
| CSC1104 | Data Warehousing & Data Mining |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Computer Science |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | COMSCI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1025 | IT Mathematics I |
| MTH1026 | IT Mathematics II |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to one module. The academic record of the student to date, the module content, and mode of delivery will be taken into consideration when making this decision.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1037 | Introduction to DevOps |
| CSC1049 | Year 3 Project |
| CSC1093 | INTRA |
| CSC1094 | SEMESTER ONE ABROAD |
| CSC1097 | Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1025 | IT Mathematics I |
| MTH1026 | IT Mathematics II |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| CSC1104 | Data Warehousing & Data Mining |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Computing for Business |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | COMBUS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 15% |
If a student takes only pass-fail modules in third year, no precision mark is calculated; therefore, their fourth-year precision mark will be determined solely on their fourth-year results.
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1016 | Mathematics for Enterprise Computing |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting the circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to one modulexx credits. The academic record of the student to date, the module content, and mode of delivery will be taken into consideration when making this decision.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1062 | Business Applications |
| CSC1023 | Enterprise Information Systems |
| CSC1050 | Intra |
| CSC1094 | SEMESTER ONE ABROAD |
| CSC1180 | Computing for Business Team Project |
| CSC1115 | High-Tech. Innovation & Entrepreneurship (C) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1041 | Quantitive Analysis for Business Decisions |
| MTH1016 | Mathematics for Enterprise Computing |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Data Science |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | DS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 15% |
If a student takes only pass-fail modules in third year, no precision mark is calculated; therefore, their fourth-year precision mark will be determined solely on their fourth-year results.
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1010 | Linear Mathematics I |
| MTH1011 | Linear Mathematics II |
| MTH1035 | Calculus of Several Variables |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to one module. The academic record of the student to date, the module content, and mode of delivery will be taken into consideration when making this decision.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1030 | Calculus and its Applications |
MTH1030 is non-compensatable.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | Resit Category |
| CSC1053 | Intra | 2 |
| CSC1094 | SEMESTER ONE ABROAD | 2 |
| CSC1108 | Final Year Project | 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title | Resit Category |
| MTH1010 | Linear Mathematics I | 3 |
| MTH1011 | Linear Mathematics II | 3 |
| MTH1035 | Calculus of Several Variables | 3 |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Enterprise Computing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | EC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 15% |
If a student takes only pass-fail modules in third year, no precision mark is calculated; therefore, their fourth-year precision mark will be determined solely on their fourth-year results.
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1016 | Mathematics for Enterprise Computing |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to one modulexx credits. The academic record of the student to date, the module content, and mode of delivery will be taken into consideration when making this decision.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1062 | Business Applications |
| CSC1023 | Enterprise Information Systems |
| CSC1050 | Intra |
| CSC1094 | SEMESTER ONE ABROAD |
| CSC1115 | High-Tech. Innovation & Entrepreneurship (C) |
| CSC1118 | Enterprise Computing Team Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1016 | Mathematics for Enterprise Computing |
| CSC1041 | Quantitive Analysis for Business Decisions |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc Global Challenges: Sustainable Societies and Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 0% |
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 10% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards Apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60ECTS credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
For the following modules, point 6.2.3 from Marks and Standards applies
6.2.3 For specific modules approved by University Standards Committee the continuous assessment may include a sequence of core elements with a defined pass threshold and may involve sequential progression between elements. Such core elements will be marked on a pass/fail basis only.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ISS1000 | Exploring and Defining Problems |
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4.Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| ISS1008 | Shaping Global Leaders - Work Placement (INTRA) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Information Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | IT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Bachelor of Science in Information Technology degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all modules at Level 1, all modules at Level 2 and six degree level modules. The six degree level modules students must successfully complete are the five mandatory modules listed below
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at a workshop is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| ICT1000 | Researching Interactions with Technology |
| ICT1046 | Entrepreneurship and Innovation |
| ICT1002 | Mobile Application Development |
1.3 Modules Calculation
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS Credits |
|---|---|---|
| ICT1001 | Database Theory and Practice | 20 |
| ICT1004 | Modern Data Communications and Networks | 20 |
| ICT1002 | Mobile Application Development | 20 |
| ICT1000 | Researching Interactions with Technology | 20 |
| ICT1046 | Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 20 |
And one of the following elective modules:
| MNA1171 | Managing the Digital Landscape | 20 ECTS credits |
OR
| ICT1003 | Software Engineering Methodologies | 20 ECTS credits |
Students who have successfully completed both the MNA1171 and ICT1003 modules prior to 2015/2016 must have successfully completed the modules ICT1001, ICT1003, MNA1171, MS00B, ICT1004 and ICT1000 to be eligible for award of the degree. In calculation of the award classification all modules are equally weighted. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the best five of the six, degree level modules. These five modules are called the contributing modules.
Students who received direct entry onto the degree level modules must successfully complete the relevant six, degree level modules within four years of registration.
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Level 1: Any student who meets the entry requirements can enrol on any of the four Level 1 modules.
- Level 2: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from where applicable, the corresponding 15 ECTS credit module at the level below.
- Degree Level: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from, the corresponding 15 ECTS credit module at Level 2. In addition, students must normally have successfully completed or received exemption from all Level 1 modules, equating to 60 ECTS credits.
3.2 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a Diploma after successful completion of the eight Level 1 and Level 2 modules which total 120 ECTS credits. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four level 2 modules.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSC in Management of Information Technology and Information Systems |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | IS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Bachelor of Science in Management of Information Technology and Information Systems degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all modules at level 1, all modules at level 2 and the six, degree level modules which are:
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at a workshop is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ICT1000 | Researching Interactions with Technology |
| ICT1046 | Entrepreneurship and Innovation |
1.3 Module Calculations
| Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
|---|---|---|
| ICT1001 | Database Theory and Practice | 20 |
| ICT1003 | Software Engineering Methodologies | 20 |
| MNA1171 | Managing the Digital Landscape | 20 |
| ICT1000 | Researching Interactions with Technology | 20 |
| ICT1046 | Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 20 |
| MNA1170 | Managing IT for Business Success | 20 |
In calculation of the award classification all modules are equally weighted. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the best five of the six, degree level modules.
Students who received direct entry onto the degree level modules must successfully complete the relevant six, degree level modules within four years of registration.
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Level 1: Any student who meets the entry requirements can enrol on any of the four level 1 modules.
- Level 2: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from where applicable, the corresponding 15 credit module at the level below.
- Degree Level: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from, the corresponding 15 credit module at level 2. In addition, students must normally have successfully completed or received exemption from all level 1 modules, equating to 60 credits.
3.2 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a diploma after successful completion of the eight level 1 and level 2 modules which total 120 ECTS credits. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four level 2 modules.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Certificate in User Experience |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CUX |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Certificate in User Experience will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all three modules (37.5 ECTS credits).
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is not monitored.
1.3 Module Calculations
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following two, 15 ECTS credit modules: ICT1007, ICT1008. The MNA1127 module, weighted at 7.5 ECTS credits, does not contribute to the award classification.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
The certificate is of one-year duration.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Common Entry into Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full Time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in their core engineering modules in order to progress into the second year of a BEng
engineering undergraduate programme. In exceptional circumstances, carrying of modules may be permitted as outlined in 3.2.
In the event that an engineering programme is oversubscribed, places will be awarded based on academic performance.
Optional modules, such as Multilingualism are not considered in the credits required for progression.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
The Common Entry into Engineering Programme does not have an exit award. Students completing the programme will progress to an undergraduate engineering programme.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title | Resit Category |
| EEG1001 | Project & Technical Drawing | 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title | Resit Category |
| EEG1007 | Engineering Mathematics I | 3 |
| EEG1008 | Engineering Mathematics II | 3 |
Where a student takes optional modules, such as multilingualism, they should familiarise themselves with the reassessment requirements for those particular modules as listed by DCU Registry.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Joint Academic Regulations
Programme shared between Faculty of Engineering and Computing and the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences
| Programme Title | European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | EMALDAI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
The degree of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence (EMLDAI) is offered jointly by Dublin City University (DCU) — the ‘Coordinating University’ — Avignon Université (AU), Universidad de León (ULE) and Università di Pisa (UNIPI) — the ‘Partner Universities’. The EMLDAI degree is awarded by the Coordinating University jointly with the Partner University/ies involved in the delivery of the particular study stream and track (see section 2 below).
The degree received funding from the EU Commission under the Erasmus+ Programme (Key Action 2: Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters) for the academic years 2022-2027.
The EMLDAI Joint Academic Programme Regulations are promulgated by Dublin City University, and have been created in collaboration with the Partner Universities. The programme regulations outlined in this document apply to all taught module components at DCU, and to the governance of the programme over all.
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Principles
1.1 Principles for Module Delivery and Assessment
Each Partner University is responsible for the assessment and delivery of the modules it teaches onto the programme, according to its respective institutional regulations and requirements. The results of modules delivered by Avignon Université, Universidad de León and Universitá di Pisa are transferred to DCU and converted into equivalent DCU grades as per the assessment grade conversion table outlined in Annex 6 of the EMLDAI Partnership Agreement and in Appendix 1 of these programme regulations.
1.2 Principles for Programme Assessment
DCU Marks and Standards (‘M&S’) apply in relation to the governance of the programme at award level, unless otherwise specified in these Joint Academic Regulations.
2. Mobility Periods
2.1 Year 1
Students spend Year 1 of the programme at DCU. Students are admitted to the programme to one of its two study streams - a Law Stream or a Computing Stream -, and, within each study stream, to one of two study tracks - a Data Governance Track or a Cybersecurity Track.
Students must select their stream and track at the point of application to the programme. The choice of the study stream and track is definitive and cannot be revisited at a later stage.
2.2 Year 2
In Year 2, students follow a Data Governance Track, offered in AU, or a Cybersecurity Track, offered in ULE.
Students on the Law stream spend Semester 1 of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, and spend Semester 2 in UNIPI.
Students on the Computing stream spend the entirety of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, i.e. both Semesters 1 and 2 in the same institution.
3. Module Values
3.1 Module Weightings
All modules on this programme are weighted proportionately, according to their ECTS credit value.
3.2 Module Pass Mark
The minimum mark required for a pass in a DCU module on this programme is 40%.
4. Progression
4.1 Definition
Progression is defined in DCU Marks and Standards as the permission granted to a student to register in the subsequent academic session for the next diet of modules within his/her programme of study. See M&S item 7.1.1.
4.2 Credits for progression
Students must complete a minimum of 60 credits (all components) in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2. Where a student has not successfully completed a module or modules in Year 1 at DCU, they may be allowed to carry the module or modules into Year 2, if they have documented extenuating circumstances (see item 4.3 below).
4.3 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of an Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board, as appropriate, at DCU at the end of Year 1, a student may be permitted to progress to Year 2 where the following criteria are met:
- 4.3.1 The student must have documented extenuating circumstances. Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
- 4.3.2 The student will not be permitted to carry more than 10 credits into Year 2.
- 4.3.3 The student must complete the module assessment remotely.
- 4.3.4 The student must retake all the assessment components of the module; component marks from previous attempts are not carried forward.
- 4.3.5 The assessment must be completed within the normal DCU timelines for the submission of assessment, as outlined in the DCU Academic Calendar.
5. Awards
5.1 Calculation of the Award Classification
For the award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence, a student must complete modules corresponding to 120 ECTS credits (60 credits in Year 1 and 60 credits in Year 2).
The grade of classification for the degree award is determined by the precision mark, which is calculated as the overall average weighted mark based on the first full presentation of marks achieved in Year 1 at DCU, and the final marks of the modules offered in Year 2 at the Partner Universities, as converted and approved by the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation from M&S item 7.1.4.
The award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2.
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
5.2 Exit Awards
In exceptional cases, students may request to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award. Where a student requests to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained.
- 5.2.1 For the DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 credits: 60 credits of taught modules from Year 1 of the EMLDAI programme at DCU and a 30-credit thesis/practicum. This 30-credit thesis/practicum will be co-ordinated and supervised by DCU. The DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
-
5.2.2 For the award of the DCU Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 60 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
-
5.2.3 For the award of the DCU Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 30 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
6. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on this programme, except in relation to modules offered by Avignon Université and subject to the regulations of Avignon Université. This provision represents a derogation from M&S 7.2.2.3. The EMLDAI Joint Progression and Award Board will not take decisions in relation to compensation at programme level.
7. Resit Categories
DCU Marks and Standards define a resit as another opportunity within an academic session for students to demonstrate that they have achieved the learning outcomes associated with a module.
In accordance with Item 1.1 of these joint academic regulations, the offering of resit opportunities and the assessment of resits assessments for a given module will comply with the institutional requirements and regulations of the Partner University responsible for the delivery of the module in question.
At DCU, a resit is normally triggered by a postponement or a module mark of less than 40%. It does not require that a student resit all the assessment components of the module; passed assessment component marks are carried forward. The resit assessment does not have to be identical to the original assessment.
At DCU, the resits offered for the August examinations diet vary, depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories at DCU. All DCU modules on this programme except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CA 682D | Data Management and Visualisation |
8. Repeat Arrangements
A repeat option is not available on the EMLDAI programme except where documented extenuating circumstances apply and subject to the approval of the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation of M&S item 7.2.4.
9. Appeals
If a student wishes to appeal the result of a module, they must follow the appeals procedures in the Partner University in which the module is delivered. An appeal against an academic decision of the Joint Progression and Award Board must be submitted according to the timelines and procedures of DCU.
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scales
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - AU > DCU
| ECTS | AU | DCU |
| A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 20 | 80 |
| A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 19 | 78 |
| A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 18 | 75 |
| A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 17 | 73 |
| A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 16 | 70 |
| B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 15 | 68 |
| B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 14 | 65 |
| C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 13 | 63 |
| C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 12 | 60 |
| D (61 - 70%) Satisfactory | 11 | 55 |
| E (50 - 60%) Sufficient | 10 | 45 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 9 | 38 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 8 | 35 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 7 | 33 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 6 | 30 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 5 | 28 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 4 | 25 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 3 | 23 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 2 | 20 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 1 | 10 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 0 | 0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - ULA > DCU
| ECTS | ULE | DCU |
|---|---|---|
| A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 10 | 73 |
| A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 9 | 70 |
| B (81 - 90%) Very Good | 8 | 68 |
| C (71 - 80%) Good | 7 | 63 |
| D (61 - 70%) Satisfactory | 6 | 55 |
| E (50 - 60%) Sufficient | 5 | 45 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 4 | 35 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 3 | 25 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 2 | 15 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 1 | 5 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | 0 | 0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - UNIPI > DCU
| ECTS | UNIPI | DCU |
|---|---|---|
| A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 30 e lode | 73 |
| A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 30 | 70 |
| B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 29 | 68 |
| B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 28 | 65 |
| B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 27 | 63 |
| B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 26 | 60 |
| C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 25 | 58 |
| C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 24 | 55 |
| C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 23 | 53 |
| C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 22 | 50 |
| D (Strong D, 66 - 70%) Satisfactory | 21 | 48 |
| D (Weak D, 61 - 65%) Satisfactory | 20 | 45 |
| E (Strong E, 57 - 60%) Sufficient | 19 | 43 |
| E (Weak E, 50 - 53%) Sufficient | 18 | 40 |
| FX (<50%) Fail | Fail | 30 |
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Sustainable Energy Systems |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDSES |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification - Precision mark for the year.
The calculation of the final year award classification does not include contributions from previous years’ results.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Not applicable
1.3 Module Calculation
Not applicable
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits (at level 9) in a study period in order to graduate with a GDSES.
GDSES Students with the 60credits completed including Project Management, can undertake one more relevant 7.5 credit module (at level 9) and a Project and will be eligible for SSE Masters major.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
On completion of 60 credits (at level 9) an award of the Graduate Diploma is achieved.
On completion of 30 credits (at level 9) of suitable modules a Graduate Certificate in Energy Systems Decarbonisation (GCESD) is achieved.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
Failed modules can be repeated in the next academic session.
Marks and Standards apply.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | HDip in Interaction Design |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | HDID |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage, and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Higher Diploma in Interaction Design will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all five modules (72.5 ECTS credits).
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following four modules: ICT1007, ICT1008, ICT1030 and ICT1000. The MNA1127 module, weighted at 7.5 ECTS credits, does not contribute to the award classification.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at a workshop is monitored on the following module:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ICT1000 | Researching Interactions with Technology |
1.3 Module Calculations
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
| ICT1007 | Exploring Interaction Design | 15 ECTS Credits |
| ICT1008 | User Experience Design | 15 ECTS Credits |
| ICT1030 | IT & Web Technology Fundamentals | 15 ECTS Credits |
| ICT1000 | Researching Interactions with Technology | 20 ECTS Credits |
| MNA1127 | Career Transitions and Success | 7.5 ECTS Credits |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Students who meet the entry requirements can enrol on ICT1007 and ICT1008 in year one.
- Admission to ICT1000 is contingent upon successful completion of ICT1008.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MDPPLC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full time and Part time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
For the award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 ECTS credits.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Not applicable.
1.3 Module Calculation
None Specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
For the award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 ECTS credits.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Part-time students are allowed to retake failed modules in their second year, unless specific problems with (for example) prerequisites exist. After first year, part time students, who failed modules are allowed to select which modules they will take, subject to the requirement that they must take a minimum of three modules a year and may not carry more than one additional module per semester and given that the module is offered/examined in that period.
There will be no special timetable arrangements for students who choose to carry failed modules into their second year of study.
3.3 Exit Awards
For the award of Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 60 credits with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught law module and 10 credits from a taught computing module.
For the award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 30 credits with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught law module and 10 credits from a taught computing module.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1150 | Practicum (Data Protection and Privacy) |
| LAW1065 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1175 | Data Management and Visualisation |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Masters Qualifier - MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEQ |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Candidates who pass 30 credits of taught modules may transfer to the Master of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering programme, provided they have obtained a minimum of 50% on any Level 8 taught modules or a minimum pass mark on any Level 9 modules that are counted towards these 30 credits.
Students who have already passed modules from the current MEQ academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them again towards accomplishing the 30 credits of the MEQ.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
There is no monitored attendance.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will be deemed eligible to transfer.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.2 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 on the MEQ, and who decide not to transfer to the Masters programme, may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module for all taught modules.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Masters Qualifier - Electronic and Computer Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MQTY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Candidates who pass 30 credits of taught modules may transfer to the Master of Science in Electronic and Computer Technology programme, provided they have obtained a minimum of 50% on any Level 8 taught modules or a minimum pass mark on any Level 9 modules that are counted towards these 30 credits.
Students who have already passed modules from the current MQTY academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them again towards accomplishing the 30 credits of the MQTY.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
There is no monitored attendance.
1.3 Module Calculation
Candidates who decide not to transfer to the MCTY programme, but who have achieved 30 credits at Level 9 can exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering. The precision mark is normally defined as the overall average for the first full presentation of marks where modules contribute proportionately according to their credit value.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will be deemed eligible to transfer.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 on the MQTY, and who decide not to transfer to the Masters programme, may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a Graduate Certificate the following precision rules apply: The modules considered must be at Level 9; When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained; All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. All taught modules fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module for all taught modules and the EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
|
Module offered in 2024/25 |
Replacement module(s) repeat/deferred students take in 2025/26 |
|
EEN1061 RD&I Training and Project Planning |
EEN1101EENXXXX Research Training & Project Planning |
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MECE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering, candidates must pass 90 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 60 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 22.5 Level 9 credits. In this programme regulations document, the word “major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialised subject area. Students may graduate with an MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering with a Major in Nanotechnology, or a Major in Internet of Things (IoT), or a Major in Image Processing and Analysis, provided that, in addition to requirements in the above paragraph, (a) they pass a project deemed to be in an area of the Major, (b) they pass 30 credits of taught modules at Level 9 deemed to be in the area of the Major, and (c) they pass all modules deemed to be required modules for the Major. Candidates may be deemed to have met requirements (b) and/or (c) during their undergraduate studies, in which case they are exempt from them. Then, the credits involved may not be used to meet the requirements of the paragraph above.
If a candidate has passed more than nine modules, then the precision mark is based on all first attempts up to the time where the candidate has attempted 9 taught modules at 67.5 credits. Subsequent module passes are treated as repeat attempts. The candidate’s first attempt at a project is used when calculating the precision mark. Subsequent project attempts are treated as repeat attempts, irrespective of which project module code the candidate is registered on. Project work is permitted over the summer months. Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9, may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Electronic and Computer Engineering. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering. These exit awards are made without a Major. The students who have already passed modules from the current MEng academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them towards the MEng, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate. However, the credits can be used to meet the prerequisites of any of the Majors.
|
Module |
Contribution to the award Classification |
|
All 7.5 credit |
75% |
|
22.5 credit project |
25% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
There is no monitored attendance.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will graduate.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 90 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 60 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 22.5 Level 9 credits and may exit with an MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9, may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module for all taught modules and the EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1095 |
Electronic Engineering Masters Project |
| EEN1013 | Study Abroad 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1045 | Optical Communications System Design |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
Where students enrolled in the academic year 2024/25 are required to repeat failed or deferred modules in the academic year 2025/26, they take the following modules listed below:
|
Module offered in 2024/25 |
Replacement module(s) repeat/deferred students take in 2025/26 |
|
EEN1009: General Masters Project |
EEN1095 Electronic Engineering Project EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning |
|
EEN1005: Masters Project – IoT Major |
EEN1095 Electronic Engineering Project EEEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning |
|
EEN1006: Masters Project – Nano Tech. Major |
EEN1095 Electronic Engineering Project EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning |
|
EEN1011: Masters Project – DTN Major |
EEN1095 Electronic Engineering Masters Project EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning |
|
EEN1010 : Masters Project – IPA Major |
EEN1095 Electronic Engineering Project EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning |
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MEng Electronic Engineering (Wuhan University) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MEEW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MEng in Electronic Engineering, candidates must pass 97.5 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 67.5credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 22.5 Level 9 credits.
In this programme regulations document, the word “major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialized subject area. Students may graduate with an MEng in Electronic Engineering with a Major in IoT provided that, in addition to requirements in the above paragraph, (a) they pass a project deemed to be in an area of the Major and (b) they pass all modules deemed to be required modules for the Major.
When calculating a candidate’s precision mark, each module contributes according to its credit value, i.e., taught modules at 7.5 credits and the project module at 22.5 credits.
If a candidate has passed more than ten taught modules, then the precision mark is based on all first attempts up to the time where the candidate has attempted 75 taught credits. Subsequent module passes are treated as repeat attempts. The candidate’s first attempt at a project is used when calculating the precision mark. Subsequent project attempts are treated as repeat attempts.
The students who have already passed modules from the current MEng academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them towards the MEng. However, the credits can be used to meet the prerequisites of any of the Majors.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
There is no monitored attendance.
1.3 Module Calculation
The precision mark is normally defined as the overall average for the first full presentation of marks where modules contribute proportionately according to their credit value.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will graduate.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 97.5 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 67.5 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 22.5 Level 9 credits and 7.5 credits from the EEN1060 module may exit with an MEng in Electronic Engineering.
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9, may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Electronic Engineering. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic Engineering. These exit awards are made without a major.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module for all taught modules and the EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1100 |
Electronic Engineering Masters Project (Wuhan) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc Computing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MCM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MSc in Computing, candidates must pass 90 credits of modules in this programme, including a 30 credit Level 9 project (Practicum). In this programme, the word “Major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialized subject area. Students may graduate with an MSc in Computing with a Major in Secure Software Engineering, Data Analytics, Artificial Intelligence, Artificial Intelligence with Natural Language Processing provided that they:
- Pass the project (Practicum) deemed to be in the area of the Major,
- Pass the 30 credits of taught modules at Level 9 deemed to be in the area of the Major and
- Pass all the modules, which have deemed to be required (core) modules for the Major.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Not applicable.
1.3 Module Calculation
The precision mark is normally defined as the overall weighted average for the first full presentation of marks. Modules are normally weighted proportionately according to their credit value. As there are exceptions on this Programme, listed below are the proportional weightings in percentage terms of every module for the calculation of the precision mark.
| Module | Module Weighting | Module Percentage contribution |
|---|---|---|
| All 7.5 Credit | 150 | 80% |
| 30 credit project | 300 | 20% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Part-time students are allowed to retake failed modules in their second year, unless specific problems with (for example) prerequisites exist. After first year, part time students, who failed modules are allowed to select which modules they will take, subject to the requirement that they must take a minimum of four modules a year and may not carry more than one additional module per semester and given that the module is offered/examined in that period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
There will be no special timetable arrangements for students who choose to carry failed modules into their second year of study
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Computing. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Computing. These exit awards are made without a Major.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1146 | Practicum in Data Analytics |
| CSC1188 | Practicum in Artificial Intelligence with Natural Languages Processing |
| CSC1149 | Practicum in Artificial Intelligence |
| CSC1152 | Practicum in Secure Software Engineering |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CSC1143 | Data Management and Visualisation |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MCTY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology, candidates must pass 90 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 60 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 22.5 Level 9 ECTS.
In this programme regulations document, the word “Major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialised subject area. Students may graduate with an MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology with a Major in Internet of Things (IoT) provided that, in addition to requirements in the above paragraph, (a) they pass a project deemed to be in an area of the Major and (b) they pass all modules deemed to be required modules for the Major.
When calculating a candidate’s precision mark, each module contributes according to its credit value, i.e., taught modules at 7.5 credits and the project module at 22.5 credits.
If a candidate has passed more than nine taught modules, then the precision mark is based on all first attempts up to the time where the candidate has attempted 67.5 taught credits. Subsequent module passes are treated as repeat attempts. The candidate’s first attempt at a project is used when calculating the precision mark. Subsequent project attempts are treated as repeat attempts
Subsequent project attempts are treated as repeat attempts, irrespective of which project module code the candidate is registered on.
Project work is required over the summer months.
Any students who have already passed modules from the current MSc academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them towards the MSc or any exit awards.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
There is no monitored attendance.
1.3 Module Calculation
The precision mark is normally defined as the overall average for the first full presentation of marks where modules contribute proportionately according to their credit value.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will be deemed eligible to graduate.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 90 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 60 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 22.5 Level 9 credits, and 7.5 credits from the EEN1101 [1] module may exit with an MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology with a Major in the Internet of Things.
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9, may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Electronic and Computer Engineering. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering. These exit awards are made without a Major.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained; all marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[2] components of the module for all taught modules and the EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EEN1095 | Electronic Engineering Masters Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
6. Repeat Arrangements
Where students enrolled in the academic year 2024/25 are required to repeat failed or deferred modules in the academic year 2025/26, they take the following modules listed below:
|
Module offered in 2024/25 |
Replacement module(s) repeat/deferred students take in 2025/26 |
|
EEN1061 RD&I Training and Project Planning |
EEN1101 Research Training & Project Planning |
|
EEN1061: MSc IoT Project |
EEN1095 Electronic Engineering Masters Project |
[1] Correct Module code TBD for the RD&I Research Training and Project Planning module.
[2] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
DCU Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (International) BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (Professional) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ALTS, ALTSYA, ALTSIN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to approval, students may be permitted to change language during Semester 1 of Year 1.
1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 of the programme undertaken at DCU for all students, including those who take the INTRA or Study Abroad option in Year 4.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Transfer
It will not be possible for any internal or external students to transfer to the ALTS programme in Year 3 from another programme.
3.3 Carrying Modules into the Next Academic Session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 5 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.3.1 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 5 credits into the following academic year.
- 3.3.2 Modules can only be carried from Years 1 to 2.
- 3.3.3 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.3.4 This regulation will only apply to non-core language modules, which are not a pre-requisite in the following year and do not require weekly class participation as one of the criterion for assessment, i.e. FRE1005/GER1007/SPA1007, GER1008/SPA1008/JAP1000/CHN1002.
- 3.3.5 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year
3.4 ALTS Year Four (Year Abroad) Regulations
- 3.4.1 Students must have successfully completed Year 3 to be able to register for the Year Abroad in Year 4.
- 3.4.2 Where places at a particular University are limited, applicants for the Year Abroad will be ranked on the basis of academic performance, based on their overall precision marks for Year 2. Exceptional circumstances may be taken into account when allocating destinations.
- 3.4.3 Students who do the Year Abroad cannot combine it with the INTRA Internship.
- 3.4.4 The Year Abroad is available after Year 3 only and it is optional. Students who have successfully completed Year 4 abroad in one of our partner universities receive the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (International) [240 credits].
- 3.4.5 Resits or repeats of failed elements of Year Abroad Coursework normally take place at the partner university. Where this is not possible and/or a student is not in the position to repeat the missing credits in the following academic year, they are eligible for the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies [180 credits].
3.5 ALTS Year 4 (INTRA Internship) Regulations
- 3.5.1 The INTRA internship is available after Year 3 only and it is optional.
- 3.5.2 Students must have successfully completed Year 3 to be able to register for the INTRA in Year 4.
- 3.5.3 Students who do the INTRA internship cannot combine it with the Year Abroad
- 3.5.4 Students must obtain a minimum degree classification of 2.1 in Year 2 in order to be eligible to participate in INTRA. There is no guarantee that any student will be offered a place. Ultimately employers choose the candidates.
- 3.5.5 Students who have successfully completed INTRAreceive the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (Professional) [240 credits].
- 3.5.6 Should a student fail or fail to complete the INTRA internship, the student will be eligible for the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies [180 credits].
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| FRE1002/GER1004/SPA1004 | Intermediate French/German/Spanish Language 1 |
| GER1002/SPA1002/ CHN1000 |
Beginners German 1A Beginners Spanish 1A Chinese Language 1A |
| GER1003/SPA1003/ CHN1001 |
Beginners German 1B Beginners Spanish 1B Chinese Language 1B |
| FRE1004/SPA1006/GER1006 | French/German/Spanish Translation Practice 1 |
| JPN1001 | Japanese Language 1A |
| JPN1002 | Japanese Language 1B |
| JPN1006 | Japanese Language 2 |
| CHN1005 | Chinese Language 2 |
| FRE1011 | Intermediate French 2 |
| SPA1019 | Beginners Spanish 2 |
| GER1019 | Beginners German 2 |
| SPA1018 | Intermediate Spanish 2 |
| GER1018 | Intermediate German 2 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| HUM1001 | Career Development Module |
| HUM1007 | INTRA |
| HUM1011 | Year Abroad Coursework |
| HUM1013 | Year Abroad Coursework |
| HUM1012 | Year Abroad Coursework |
| HUM1014 | Year Abroad Coursework |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Communication Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years' results as follows:
| Year/Student Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 10% |
| Year 2 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances [1], and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MCO1033 | Dissertation 2 - Research Project Delivery |
| PSK1000 | Uaneen Contributing Module |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both [2] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
[2] 'Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BCES |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
From 2025-2026, the calculation of the final year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 0% |
| Year 2 | 15%* |
| Final Year | 85% |
*The final year award classification for students who commenced the BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability in the academic year 2022-23 and who register for either INTRA or Year Abroad in Year 3 will therefore include the 15% previous element contribution from Year 2. For those students who commenced in the academic year 2022-23 who choose not to register for either INTRA or Year Abroad in Year 3, a previous element contribution in Year 2 will not apply.
1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification where a student is considered an exceptional case and takes the Study Abroad in their fourth year in 2026/2027, will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 of the programme, which includes a previous element contribution of 15% from Year 2.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Registration for Year 3
- 3.3.1 In Year 3, students are required to register for ONE of the following:
- Final year of the BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability
- Year Abroad
- INTRA
- 3.3.2 INTRA and Year Abroad are available only to those students who have been offered either in Year 2.
- 3.3.3 Students cannot apply for both Year Abroad and INTRA.
- 3.3.4 Students require a H2.1 in Year 1 to apply for either INTRA or Year Abroad. Students who source their own INTRA placement do not require a H2.1.
-
3.3.5 Students who REGISTER for INTRA or Year Abroad are not permitted to opt out of that registration and transfer into final year of the BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability during their first academic session of Year 3.
- 3.3.6 In the exceptional case where an eligible student is not in a position to take the Study Abroad option in their third year in 2025/2026 only, a provision will be made to permit the student to take the Study Abroad option in their fourth year for 2026/2027 only.
3.4 Year 3: Regulations for Entry into Year 4
- 3.4.1 Students are normally required to re-sit failed elements of Year 3 coursework at the relevant partner university if they have undertaken Year Abroad in Year 3.
- 3.4.2 Where the relevant partner university does not allow for resits and where students have accumulated a minimum of 50 of the 60 DCU-equivalent credits required for progression into Year 4, the relevant Programme Chair may set resit examinations/assignments to be completed at DCU. The deadlines for such resit examinations/assignments shall be determined by the Programme Board.
- 3.4.3 When resits of Semester 1 modules preclude students from participating in Semester 2 modules, students are still required to pass Semester 1 modules and to accumulate Semester 2 credits by completing modules and/or approved courses as agreed in consultation with the relevant study abroad coordinator and Programme Chair.
- 3.4.4 Students who do not successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 3 (Year Abroad) will be required by the Programme Board to transfer registration into Year 3 (in DCU) for their repeat academic session of Year 3. This academic session will be regarded as a repeat academic session of Year 3.
- 3.4.5 Students in Year 3 (Year Abroad) will not be granted exemptions in their final year for any module(s) taken while on Study Abroad.
- 3.4.6 Students in Year 3 (Year Abroad) who register for any non-DCU qualification at their host or any other institution while on Year Abroad are not permitted to seek recognition of that qualification, or any element of it, for the purpose of contributing to the credits required for successful completion of their Year Abroad or their final year.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| GEO1013 | Sustainability Fieldtrip |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BA in Economics, Politics and Law BA in Economics, Politics and Law (International) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | EPL, EPLN, EPLYA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for Award Classification
- 1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 (EPL3) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for students in their third and final year.
- 1.1.2 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (EPLYA4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Study Abroad option in their third year (EPLYA3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
- 1.1.3 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (EPLN4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the INTRA option in their third year (EPLN3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances [1] the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year, this may be 1 x 10 credit module or 2 x 5 credit modules.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Students applying for year abroad are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.5 Students applying for INTRA Year are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.6 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
- 3.2.7 The following modules cannot be carried by students in any circumstances.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ECO1001 | Introduction to Microeconomics |
| ECO1002 | Introduction to Macroeconomics |
| MTH1029 | Mathematics for Economics |
3.3 Exit Award
Students who do not successfully complete the Study Abroad option will be awarded the BA in Economics, Politics and Law.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[2] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
HUM1007 |
Intra |
|
HUM1008 |
Year Abroad |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
MTH1038 |
Mathematics of Finance: An Introduction |
[1] Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
[2] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in English and History |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BAEH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Flexible (Online Distance Education) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage, and the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
- 1.1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification: BA in English and History
For students who have completed at least one post-foundation in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in English and History degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed the twelve modules (180 ECTS credits) in the Literature and History subject streams (exemption of a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module).
- No compensation is permitted between modules, i.e each module must be passed.
- The classification of the award will be based on the average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post foundation modules, of which two must be from Literature modules and two must be from History modules.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| 1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
For students who have not completed a post-foundation module in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in English and History degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed the twelve modules (180 ECTS credits) in the Literature and History subject streams (exemption of a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module).
- No compensation is permitted between modules, i.e each module must be passed. The classification of the award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt, based on the following weighting:
-
- One third from the average of the six intermediate level module marks
- Two thirds from the average of the four advanced level module marks
- The weighted average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in post-foundation modules is known as the precision mark. Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mar across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
- 1.1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification: Diploma in English and History
- Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in English and History after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits).
- The Diploma will be awarded only to those students who wish to terminate their studies on the programme and who apply to be conferred with the award.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours Diploma irrespective of the final marks achieved.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mar across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon the successful completion of 120 credits, students may choose to exit with a Diploma in English and History.
See item 1.1 for information on the calculation of the award classification.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA Gnó agus Gaeilge |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GG, GGN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress carrying modules up to a maximum of 10 credits from a previous study period, where the following criteria are met:
- i. Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- ii. In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- iii. Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BAA1056 | INTRA |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken.The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code (Banner) | Module Title | Resit Category |
| BAA1056 | INTRA | 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Humanities |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Flexible (Online Distance Education) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
- 1.1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification: BA in Humanities
For BA in Humanities students who have completed at least one post-foundation in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in Humanities degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits):
- of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- four post-foundation modules should be in one subject passed at foundation level;
- other post-foundation modules may be in another subject, or in a combination of subjects passed at foundation level (exemption from a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module, non-specific foundation module exemption is the equivalent of having completed a foundation module);
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules, of which no more than three may be in one subject. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| 1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
For BA in Humanities students who have not completed a post-foundation module in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in Humanities degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits):
- of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- four post-foundation modules should be in one subject passed at foundation level;
- other post-foundation modules may be in another subject, or in a combination of subjects passed at foundation level (exemption from a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module, non-specific foundation module exemption is the equivalent of having completed a foundation module);
- two modules must be at advanced level.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the eight highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| 1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification: Diploma in Humanities
- Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in Humanities after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits), of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- The Diploma will be awarded only to those students who wish to terminate their studies on the programme and who apply to be conferred with the award.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours Diploma irrespective of the final marks achieved.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| 1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
As the programme is continuous, there is no annual progression. The maximum number of modules a student may register for in one academic year is 4 modules.
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon the successful completion of 120 credits, students may choose to exit with a Diploma in Humanities.
Upon the successful completion of 180 credits, students may choose to exit with a BA in Humanities.
See item 1.1 for information on the calculation of the award classification.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BA in International Relations BA in International Relations (Exchange) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | IR, IRN, IRYA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
- 1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 (IR3) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for students in their third and final year.
- 1.1.2 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (IRYA4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Study Abroad option in their third year (IRYA3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
- 1.1.3 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (IRN4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the INTRA option in their third year (IRN3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
1.2 Entry Requirements for Languages Stream
Students who wish to register for the Languages Stream must have achieved the following Leaving Certificate grade or equivalent in the language for which they wish to register.
- Minimum of H4 in French if they wish to register for Intermediate French
- Minimum of H4 in German if they wish to register for Intermediate German
- Minimum of H4 in Spanish if they wish to register for Intermediate Spanish
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year, this may be 1 x 10 credit module or 2 x 5 credit modules.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Students applying for year abroad are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.5 Students applying for INTRA Year are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.6 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Exit Award
Students who do not successfully complete the Study Abroad option will be awarded the BA in International Relations.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| HUM1007 | INTRA |
| HUM1008 | Year Abroad |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Jazz and Contemporary Music Performance |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | JZCM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours (International) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code |
BAJN, BAJM, BAJL, BAJI, BAJP, BAJHN, BAJMN, BAJLN, BAJIN, BAJPN BAJHI, BAJMI, BAJLI, BAJII, BAJPI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Creative Writing
Students are permitted to register for only one Creative Writing module per academic year either LIT1005, or LIT1004 in second year, or either LIT1007 or LIT1008 in third or fourth year.
1.2 Changing Subjects
Students wishing to change subject after Year 1 Semester 1 on all streams of the Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours should seek the approval of the Programme Chair before the end of the Semester 2 teaching weeks of Year 1. Such students should complete and pass Year 1 at the first sitting and will be required to repeat Year 1 in order to complete all necessary modules in the new subject. Students should familiarise themselves with implications regarding fees for a repeat Year 1 and with implications for maximum registration periods. No subject changes are permitted for students who already have registered in Year 2 or above.
1.3 Credits in Each Subject
Students are required to register for a minimum of 30 credits in each of their chosen subjects in each academic year with the exception of those choosing to do the Study Abroad or INTRA programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students progressing to Year 3 of the programme are not usually permitted to carry any modules. Under very exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to Year 2 of study carrying only one module (of up to 7.5 credits), where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The modules(s) being carried forward are not non-compensatable Language module(s).
- 3.2.3 The module(s) is not being carried forward into Study Abroad Year 3 or INTRA programme.
- 3.2.4 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.5 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
3.3 Registration for Year 3
In Year 3, students are required to register for EITHER Year 3 (in DCU) for the award of Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours, Year 3 Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Study Abroad OR Year 3 (INTRA).
INTRA is available only to those students who have been offered it in Year 2. Students require a H2.1 to apply for INTRA organised by DCU. Students who source their own INTRA placement do not require a H2.1.
Students who REGISTER for Year 3 (INTRA) or Year 3 Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Study Abroad are not permitted to opt out of that registration and transfer into Year 3 (DCU) during their first academic session of Year 3.
3.4 Year 3: Regulations for Entry into Year 4
- 3.4.1 Students are normally required to resit failed elements of Year 3 coursework at the relevant partner university.
- 3.4.2 Where the relevant partner university does not allow for resits and where students have accumulated a minimum of 50 of the required 60 DCU-equivalent credits required for progression into Year 4, the relevant Subject Representative in conjunction with the Programme Chair, may set resit examinations/assignments to be completed at DCU. The deadlines for such resit examinations/assignments shall be determined by the Programme Board.
- 3.4.3 When resits of Semester 1 modules preclude students from participating in Semester 2 modules, students are still required to pass Semester 1 modules and to accumulate Semester 2 credits by completing modules and/or approved courses as agreed in consultation with the relevant study abroad coordinator and Programme Chair.
- 3.4.4 Students who do not successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 3 (Study Abroad) will be required by the Programme Board to transfer registration into Year 3 (in DCU) for their repeat academic session of Year 3. Such students are not eligible for the award of BA (International). This academic session will be regarded as a repeat academic session of Year 3, which will have an impact on fees.
- 3.4.5 Students in Year 3 (Study Abroad) will not be granted exemptions in their final year for any module(s) taken while on Study Abroad.
- 3.4.6 Students in Year 3 (Study Abroad) who register for any non-DCU qualification at their host or any other institution while on Study Abroad are not permitted to seek recognition of that qualification, or any element of it, for the purpose of contributing to the credits required for successful completion of their Study Abroad Year or their final year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| GAE1007 | Cúrsa Teanga 3 |
| GAE1018 | Scileanna Teanga: Cumarsáid Dhigiteach agus Eagar |
| FRE1002 | Intermediate French 1 |
| FRE1003 | Intermediate French 1.a |
| FRE1011 | Intermediate French 2 |
| GER1004 | Intermediate German 1 |
| GER1005 | Intermediate German 1.a |
| GER1018 | Intermediate German 2 |
| HUM1006 | Year Abroad (Joint Honours) |
| HUM1000 | Year Abroad (Joint Honours) |
| HUM1007 | INTRA |
| HUM1011 | Year Abroad |
| HUM1001 | Career Development Module |
| HUM1013 | Year Abroad Coursework |
| HUM1012 | Year Abroad Coursework |
| HUM1014 | Year Abroad Coursework |
| HUM1004 | Year Abroad Portfolio |
| MPA1002 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 1 |
| MPA1003 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 2 |
| MPA1006 | Performance/Participation in Music 1 |
| MPA1023 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 3 |
| MPA1024 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 4 |
| MPA1027 | Performance/Participation in Music 2 |
| MPA1042 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 5 |
| MPA1043 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 6 |
| MPA1046 | Performance/Participation in Music 3 |
| SPA1004 | Intermediate Spanish 1 |
| SPA1005 | Intermediate Spanish 1.a |
| SPA1018 | Intermediate Spanish 2 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
HUM1006 |
Year Abroad (Joint Honours) |
|
GAE1018 |
Scileanna Teanga:Cumarsáid Dhigiteach & Eagar |
|
HUM1000 |
Year Abroad (Joint Honours) |
|
HUM1007 |
INTRA |
|
HUM1011 |
Year Abroad Coursework |
|
HUM1001 |
Career Development Module |
|
HUM1013 |
Year Abroad Coursework |
|
HUM1012 |
Year Abroad Coursework |
|
HUM1014 |
Year Abroad - Coursework |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Journalism |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | JR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years' results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 10% |
| Year 2 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| JRR1001 | Newswriting and Reporting 1 |
| JRR1002 | Newswriting and Reporting 2 |
| JRR1025 | Newsdays |
| JRR1026 | INTRA |
| JRR1022 | Project/Dissertation |
| PSK1000 | Uaneen Contributing Module |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| JRR1026 | INTRA |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA Single Module Programme |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BASM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Flexible (Online Distance Education) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
BA Single Module students take individual modules for personal enjoyment or for continual professional development (CPD) purposes without necessarily completing an award. However, students on this programme may choose to accrue credits to obtain the award of either BA in Humanities (180 credits) or Diploma in Humanities (120 credits) within the maximum registration period as defined by Marks and Standards.
1.1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification: BA in Humanities
The BA in Humanities degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits):
- of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- four post-foundation modules should be in one subject passed at foundation level;
- other post-foundation modules may be in another subject, or in a combination of subjects passed at foundation level (exemption from a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module, non-specific foundation module exemption is the equivalent of having completed a foundation module);
- two modules must be at advanced level;
The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the eight highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| 1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.1.3 Calculation for the Award Classification: Diploma in Humanities
- Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in Humanities after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits), of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- The Diploma will be awarded only to those students who wish to terminate their studies on the programme and who apply to be conferred with the award.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours Diploma irrespective of the final marks achieved.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| 1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
As the programme is continuous, there is no annual progression. The maximum number of modules a student may register for in one academic year is 4 modules.
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, however, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module or other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.2 Exit Awards
BA Single Module students take individual modules for personal enjoyment or for continual professional development (CPD) purposes without necessarily completing an award. However, students on this programme may choose to pursue the following awards – see item 1.1 for information on the calculation of the award classification.
Upon the successful completion of 120 credits, students may choose to exit with a Diploma in Humanities.
Upon the successful completion of 180 credits, students may choose to exit with a BA in Humanities.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BA in Social Sciences and Cultural Innovation BA in Social Sciences and Cultural Innovation (International) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BSSCI / BSSCIN / BSSCII |
| Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation for the award classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 of the programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Year Abroad or INTRA option in their third year .
1.2. It will not be possible for any internal students to transfer to the BSSCI programme in Year 3 from another programme.
1.3 Year Abroad
Application Regulations
- 1.3.1 The Year Abroad option is available after Year 2 only.
- 1.3.2 Where places are limited, applicants for the Year Abroad are ranked on the basis of academic performance, whereby a weighted combination of precision marks from Year 1 and Semester 1 of Year 2 shall be used to determine choice ranking. In certain cases exceptional circumstances may be taken into account when allocating destinations.
- 1.3.3 Students should have passed (except for extenuating circumstances or postponement) all their Semester 1 modules in Year 2 with a minimum classification of second class honours grade 2 before they apply for Year Abroad
- 1.3.4 Students must have passed all Year 2 modules before being allowed to register for Year Abroad. Students carrying modules into Year 3 are not permitted to register for Year Abroad.
- 1.3.5 Applications are processed by the Year Abroad coordinator and the DCU Global office , and the Programme Board shall be guided by him/her in relation to the number of available places and the ranking of applicants. Decisions of the Programme Board are final and binding.
Registration Regulations
- 1.3.6 Students taking the Year Abroad are required to sign a Learning Agreement that outlines the modules being taken at the host institution. Students are required to consult their Year Abroad coordinator when preparing their learning agreement and update it as needed during the year abroad.
- 1.3.7 Students must pass a minimum of 60 credits in order to pass the Year Abroad. These credits should be from modules which relate to the BSSCI programme, and should not be duplicates of modules which the student has already completed in Year 1 or 2 of the programme.
- 1.3.8 Where 60 credits have not been secured, students are required to resit failed elements of the Year Abroad coursework at the relevant partner institution.
- 1.3.9 Where the relevant partner university does not allow for resits and where students have accumulated a minimum of 50 of the 60 DCU-equivalent credits required for progression into Year 4, the relevant Head of School in conjunction with the programme Chair may set resit assessments to be completed at DCU. The deadlines for such resit assessments shall be determined by the Programme Board or Standing Committee.
- 1.3.10 Students who fail the Year Abroad in Year 3 and who do not wish to engage in resits, or who do not wish to repeat the Year Abroad, must apply to transfer to the non-international strand of the degree (Year 3 in DCU). As this constitutes a repeat year, there are significant fee implications with students being liable for full fees. This issue is not overseen by the Programme Board or Programme Chair, and is dealt with and controlled by the DCU Fee Offices.
Information regarding host institutions students can study at while on Year Abroad
- 1.3.11 The Year Abroad is organised through the DCU Global office in conjunction with the Year Abroad Coordinator and the Programme Chairperson. Information sessions will be held in winter 2025 and/or spring 2026, at which the relevant information will be made available to those interested in applying for the Year Abroad.
- 1.3.12 While efforts are made to accommodate students with their preferences for host institution, the Year Abroad Coordinator, Programme Chair, and the DCU Global Office must operate within specific predetermined constraints.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional documented circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1. Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CSC1015 | Data Literacy and Analytics |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Theology and Religious Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BATRS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Flexible |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
As the programme is continuous, there is no annual progression. Students must normally complete a minimum of 37.5 credits in an academic session.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Certificate in Theology and Religious Studies, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 120 credits, students may exit with a Diploma in Theology and Religious Studies, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BCL (Law and Society) BCL (Clinical) BCL (International) Bachelor of Civil Law (BCL) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BCL, BCLN, BCLYA, BOCL |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for Award Classification
- 1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 (BCL3) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for students in their third and final year.
- 1.1.2 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (BLCYA4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Study Abroad option in their third year (BCLYA3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
- 1.1.3 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (BCLN4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who took the INTRA option in their third year (BCLN3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules. However, in exceptional circumstances [1] the Progression and Award Board may permit the student to carry up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year, this may be 1 x 10 credit module or 2 x 5 credit modules.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Students applying for year abroad are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.5 Students applying for intra year are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.6 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| HUM1010 | BCL (INTRA) Placement year |
| HUM1009 | BCL (Law & Society) Year Abroad |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
[2] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Multimedia |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MMA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years' results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 10% |
| Year 2 | 40% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ICT1040 | Major Project: Group Production |
| PSK1000 | Uaneen Contributing Module |
5. Resit categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| ICT1040 | Major Project: Group Production |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Joint Academic Regulations 2025 - 2026
| Programme Title | European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | EMLDAI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
The degree of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence (EMLDAI) is offered jointly by Dublin City University (DCU) — the ‘Coordinating University’ — Avignon Université (AU), Universidad de León (ULE) and Università di Pisa (UNIPI) — the ‘Partner Universities’. The EMLDAI degree is awarded by the Coordinating University jointly with the Partner University/ies involved in the delivery of the particular study stream and track (see section 2 below).
The degree received funding from the EU Commission under the Erasmus+ Programme (Key Action 2: Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters) for the academic years 2022-2027.
The EMLDAI Joint Academic Programme Regulations are promulgated by Dublin City University, and have been created in collaboration with the Partner Universities. The programme regulations outlined in this document apply to all taught module components at DCU, and to the governance of the programme over all.
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Principles
1.1 Principles for Module Delivery and Assessment
Each Partner University is responsible for the assessment and delivery of the modules it teaches onto the programme, according to its respective institutional regulations and requirements. The results of modules delivered by Avignon Université, Universidad de León and Universitá di Pisa are transferred to DCU and converted into equivalent DCU grades as per the assessment grade conversion table outlined in Annex 6 of the EMLDAI Partnership Agreement and in Appendix 1 of these programme regulations.
1.2 Principles for Programme Assessment
DCU Marks and Standards (‘M&S’) apply in relation to the governance of the programme at award level, unless otherwise specified in these Joint Academic Regulations.
2. Mobility Periods
2.1 Year 1
Students spend Year 1 of the programme at DCU. Students are admitted to the programme to one of its two study streams - a Law Stream or a Computing Stream -, and, within each study stream, to one of two study tracks - a Data Governance Track or a Cybersecurity Track.
Students must select their stream and track at the point of application to the programme. The choice of the study stream and track is definitive and cannot be revisited at a later stage.
2.2 Year 2
In Year 2, students follow a Data Governance Track, offered in AU, or a Cybersecurity Track, offered in ULE.
Students on the Law stream spend Semester 1 of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, and spend Semester 2 in UNIPI.
Students on the Computing stream spend the entirety of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, i.e. both Semesters 1 and 2 in the same institution.
2.3 Attendance
Students must respect the attendance rules set out by the coordinating and partner institutions in the student agreement in order to maintain their fee and scholarship status in the programme.
3. Module Values
3.1 Module Weightings
All modules on this programme are weighted proportionately, according to their ECTS credit value.
3.2 Module Pass Mark
The minimum mark required for a pass in a DCU module on this programme is 40%.
4. Progression
4.1 Definition
Progression is defined in DCU Marks and Standards as the permission granted to a student to register in the subsequent academic session for the next diet of modules within his/her programme of study. See M&S item 7.1.1.
4.2 Credits for progression
Students must complete a minimum of 60 credits (all components) in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2. Where a student has not successfully completed a module or modules in Year 1 at DCU, they may be allowed to carry the module or modules into Year 2, if they have documented extenuating circumstances (see item 4.3 below).
4.3 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of an Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board, as appropriate, at DCU at the end of Year 1, a student may be permitted to progress to Year 2 where the following criteria are met:
- 4.3.1 The student must have documented extenuating circumstances. Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
- 4.3.2 The student will not be permitted to carry more than 10 credits into Year 2.
- 4.3.3 The student must complete the module assessment remotely.
- 4.3.4 The student must retake all the assessment components of the module; component marks from previous attempts are not carried forward.
- 4.3.5 The assessment must be completed within the normal DCU timelines for the submission of assessment, as outlined in the DCU Academic Calendar.
5. Awards
5.1 Calculation of the Award Classification
For the award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence, a student must complete modules corresponding to 120 ECTS credits (60 credits in Year 1 and 60 credits in Year 2).
The grade of classification for the degree award is determined by the precision mark, which is calculated as the overall average weighted mark based on the first full presentation of marks achieved in Year 1 at DCU, and the final marks of the modules offered in Year 2 at the Partner Universities, as converted and approved by the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation from M&S item 7.1.4.
The award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
5.2 Exit Awards
In exceptional cases, students may request to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award. Where a student requests to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained.
- 5.2.1 For the DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 credits: 60 credits of taught modules from Year 1 of the EMLDAI programme at DCU and a 30-credit thesis/practicum. This 30-credit thesis/practicum will be co-ordinated and supervised by DCU. The DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
- 5.2.2 For the award of the DCU Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 60 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
- 5.2.3 For the award of the DCU Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 30 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
| Precision Mark | Award |
|---|---|
| Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
| Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
| Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
| Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
6. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on this programme, except in relation to modules offered by Avignon Université and subject to the regulations of Avignon Université. The EMLDAI Joint Progression and Award Board will not take decisions in relation to compensation at programme level.
7. Resit Categories
7.1 Year 1
DCU Marks and Standards define a resit as another opportunity within an academic session for students to demonstrate that they have achieved the learning outcomes associated with a module.
In accordance with Item 1.1 of these joint academic regulations, the offering of resit opportunities and the assessment of resits assessments for a given module will comply with the institutional requirements and regulations of the Partner University responsible for the delivery of the module in question.
At DCU, a resit is normally triggered by a postponement or a module mark of less than 40%. It does not require that a student resit all the assessment components of the module; passed assessment component marks are carried forward. The resit assessment does not have to be identical to the original assessment.
At DCU, the resits offered for the August examinations diet vary, depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories at DCU. All DCU modules on this programme except those specified below fall into category 1.
-
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module. [2]
-
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CSC1175 | Data Management and Visualisation |
7.2 Year 2
Resit opportunities in Year 2 are governed by the rules of each partner university.
However, Law stream students should defend their dissertation during the first exam session offered by Università di Pisa (September). Students are allowed to defend their dissertation at a later session (November-December) only in exceptional cases, subject to the submission of an Extenuating Circumstances Form (R30) to DCU and the approval of the EMILDAI Programme Chair.
8. Repeat Arrangements
8.1 Year 1
A repeat option is not available for modules offered in Year 1 by DCU except where documented extenuating circumstances apply and subject to the approval of the Joint Progression and Award Board.[1]
8.2 Year 2
A repeat option may be available on Year 2 of the EMILDAI programme if allowed by the regulations of the Partner University where the student is based and subject to the approval of the Joint Progression and Award Board.
Where a repeat option is available, it may only be taken once. In the case of failure to satisfy the requirements of Year 2 or if a student does not wish to avail of the repeat option, they must exit the programme following the rules established in 5.2
[1] This provision represents a derogation of M&S item 7.2.4.
[2] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment.
9. Appeals
If a student wishes to appeal the result of a module, they must follow the appeals procedures in the Partner University in which the module is delivered. An appeal against an academic decision of the Joint Progression and Award Board must be submitted according to the timelines and procedures of DCU.
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scales
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - AU > DCU
| ECTS | AU | DCU |
|---|---|---|
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
20 |
80 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
19.5-19.9 |
79 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
19-19.4 |
78 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
18.7-18.9 |
77 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
18.3-18.6 |
76 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
18-18.2 |
75 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
17.5-17.9 |
74 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
17-17.4 |
73 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
16.7-16.9 |
72 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
16.3-16.6 |
71 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
16-16.2 |
70 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
15.5-15.9 |
69 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
15-15.4 |
68 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
14.7-14.9 |
67 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
14.3-14.6 |
66 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
14-14.2 |
65 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
13.6-13.9 |
64 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
13-13.5 |
63 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
12.7-12.9 |
62 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
12.3-12.6 |
61 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
12-12.2 |
60 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
11.8-11.9 |
59 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
11.6-11.7 |
58 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
11.4-11.5 |
57 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
11.2-11.3 |
56 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
11-11.1 |
55 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.9 |
54 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.8 |
53 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.7 |
52 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.6 |
51 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.5 |
50 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.4 |
48 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.3 |
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.2 |
44 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10.1 |
42 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
10 |
40 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
9-9.9 |
38 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
8-8.9 |
35 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
7-7.9 |
33 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
6-6.9 |
30 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
5-5.9 |
28 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
4-4.9 |
25 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
3-3.9 |
23 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
2-2.9 |
20 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
1-1.9 |
10 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
0-0.9 |
0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - ULE > DCU
| ECTS | ULE | DCU |
|---|---|---|
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
10 |
73 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
9.7-9.9 |
72 |
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
9.3-9-6 |
71 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
9-9.2 |
70 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
8.5-8.9 |
69 |
|
B (81-90%) Very Good |
8-8.4 |
68 |
|
B (81-90%) Very Good |
7.8-7.9 |
67 |
|
B (81-90%) Very Good |
7.6-7.7 |
66 |
|
B (81-90%) Very Good |
7.4-7.5 |
65 |
|
B (81-90%) Very Good |
7.2-7.3 |
64 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
7-7.1 |
63 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.9 |
62 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.8 |
61 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.7 |
60 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.6 |
59 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.5 |
58 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.4 |
57 |
|
C (71-80%) Good |
6.3 |
56 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
6.2 |
55 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
5.9 |
54 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
5.8 |
53 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
5.7 |
52 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
5.6 |
51 |
|
D (61-70%) Satisfactory |
5.5 |
50 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
5.4 |
48 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
5.3 |
46 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
5.2 |
44 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
5.1 |
42 |
|
E (50-60%) Sufficient |
5 |
40 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
4.6-4.9 |
38 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
4.3-4.5 |
35 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
4-4.2 |
33 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
3.6-3.9 |
30 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
3-3.5 |
28 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
2.7-2.9 |
25 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
2.4-2.6 |
23 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
2-2.3 |
20 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
1-1.9 |
10 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
0-0.9 |
0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - UNIPI > DCU
| ECTS | UNIPI | DCU |
|---|---|---|
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
30 e lode |
73 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
30 |
70 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
29 |
68 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
28 |
65 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
27 |
63 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
26 |
60 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
25 |
58 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
24 |
55 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
23 |
53 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
22 |
50 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
21 |
48 |
|
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
20 |
45 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
19 |
43 |
|
E (weak E, 50-53%) Sufficient |
18 |
40 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
Fail |
30 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - UNIPI (internship and dissertation) > DCU
| ECTS | UNIPI | DCU |
|---|---|---|
|
A (strong A, 95-100%) Excellent |
110 e lode |
72 |
|
A (weak A, 90-94%) Excellent |
110 |
70 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
109 |
68 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
108 |
67 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
107 |
66 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
106 |
65 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
105 |
64 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
104 |
63.5 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
103 |
63 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
102 |
62.5 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
101 |
62 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
100 |
61 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
99 |
60 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
98 |
59 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
97 |
58 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
96 |
57 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
95 |
56 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
94 |
55 |
|
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
93 |
54 |
|
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
92 |
53 |
|
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
91 |
52 |
|
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
90 |
51 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
89 |
50 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
86 |
49 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
83 |
48 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
80 |
47 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
77 |
46 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient |
74 |
45 |
|
E (weak E, 50-53%) Sufficient |
71 |
44 |
|
E (weak E, 50-53%) Sufficient |
69 |
43 |
|
E (weak E, 50-53%) Sufficient |
66 |
42 |
|
E (weak E, 50-53%) Sufficient |
63 |
41 |
|
E (weak E, 50-53%) Sufficient |
60 |
40 |
|
FX (<50%) Fail |
Fail |
30 |
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Climate Change |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GCCD |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Climate Action, Energy and Public Policy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GCCAPP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | IMSISS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
The Degree of International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies (IMSISS) is offered jointly by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, Ireland or the University of Trento, Italy (the ‘Partner Institutions’). From 2020-2021, students will be admitted to one of two study tracks: Track A is offered by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, while Track B is offered by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and the University of Trento. The IMSISS Joint Academic Regulations in Appendix B are those promulgated by the University of Glasgow, the Coordinating Institution, which have been created in collaboration with the Partner Institutions. The programme regulations outlined in this document apply to all taught module components at DCU, and are complementary to the IMSISS Joint Academic Regulations.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
In order to qualify for the award of the degree a candidate must complete a minimum of 120 ECTS equivalent including 90 ECTS of taught courses and a 30 ECTS research portfolio. DCU’s recorded grades—in conjunction with Marks and Standards—will be converted to University of Glasgow’s grading scale, as per the Grade Conversion Table (see Appendix A).
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
2.1
Marks and Standards in respect of individual DCU taught modules apply.
2.2
A repeat option is not available on the IMSISS programme except where documented extenuating circumstances apply as confirmed by the Programme Board. For information on progression, see section 3.
3. Progression
3.1
Progression, as defined in DCU Marks and Standards, is automatic on this programme. Students will progress from Year 1 to Year 2 irrespective of the module results they achieve in Year 1 at DCU, to facilitate their participation in the third mobility period of the programme at Charles University, Prague, in Semester 1 of Year 2. Where a student has not successfully completed a module or modules in Year 1 at DCU, they may be allowed to carry the module into Year 2 if they have documented extenuating circumstances.
Marks and Standards, v2021.1: “Progression is defined as the permission granted to a student to register in the subsequent academic session for the next diet of modules within his/her programme of study.”
3.2
Progression, as outlined in item 3.3 and in Appendix B, item 6.1 of these regulations, refers to the decision of the Joint Progress Board as to whether a student is of suitable academic standing to undertake a dissertation or equivalent piece of independent research. Progression, by this definition, is not considered until after the third mobility period, i.e. after Semester 1 of Year 2.
The Joint Progress Board monitors and oversees the progress of students through the programme and draws on the same membership as the Joint Board of Examiners. The membership of the Joint Board of Examiners is defined in the relevant Consortium Agreement.
3.3
In line with the progression regulations of the Coordinating Institution, the University of Glasgow (Appendix B, item 6.1), a candidate will be permitted to progress to preparation of the dissertation only if he or she has obtained an average of 50% or above in the taught modules with at least 75% of the credits at 40% or better and all credits at 10% or above. The Programme Guide may specify a module or modules in respect of which a specific grade is a minimum requirement of progression.
3.4 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 ECTS of taught modules, students may exit with a Postgraduate Certificate in Global Security. Upon completion of 60 ECTS of taught modules, students may exit with a Postgraduate Diploma in Global Security. Students may also transfer to the University of Glasgow’s MSc in Global Security after year one of IMSISS, where they will have the opportunity to complete 90 credits (60 ECTS taught modules + 30 ECTS dissertation for the award of MSc in Global Security). Early exit awards will be awarded solely by the University of Glasgow and will recognise modules provided by Dublin City University on an exchange basis.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply in respect of DCU taught modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% continuous assessment module
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code (Banner) | Module Title | Resit Category |
| ARB1002 | Arabic Language and Culture 3 | 2 |
| LAN1000 | Multilingualism | 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component where there is a continuous assessment and examination element
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment.
6. Resit Arrangements
Students who are required to resit assessment components for DCU modules must do so within the normal DCU timelines as outlined in the DCU Academic Calendar, i.e. during the summer of Year 1. Students who have been permitted to progress to Year 2 carrying a DCU module or modules, as outlined in item 3.1 of these regulations, may only avail of one attempt to complete the module or modules in question in Year 2, i.e. a resit opportunity will not be available in Year 2 for a carried module (see Appendix B, item 5.1).
7. Regulations, Policies and Guidelines
DCU regulations, policies and guidelines are applicable to all modules delivered in DCU
IMISS Grade Conversion Table
| ECTS/Percentage scale | UoG | CU | DCU |
|---|---|---|---|
|
A (top results, 99-100% exceptionally strong performance during entire semester) Excellent |
22 (A1) Excellent |
A (99-100) |
80-100 |
|
A (above average A, 97-98%) Excellent |
21 (A2) Excellent |
A (97-98) |
77-79 |
|
A (average A, 95-96%) Excellent |
20 (A3) Excellent |
A (95-96) |
74-76 |
|
A (weak A, 93-94%) Excellent |
19 (A4) Excellent |
A (93-94) |
72-73 |
|
A (weakest A, 91-92%) Excellent |
18 (A5) Excellent |
A (91-92) |
70-71 |
|
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
17 (B1) Very Good |
B (86-90) |
67-69 |
|
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
16 (B2) Very Good |
B (81-85) |
64-66 |
|
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
15 (B3) Very Good |
C (76-80) |
60-63 |
|
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
14 (C1) Good |
C (71-75) |
57-59 |
|
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
13 (C2) Good |
D (66-70) |
54-56 |
|
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
12 (C3) Good |
D (61-65) |
50-53 |
|
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient – meets minimum criteria for award of credits |
11 (D1) Satisfactory |
E (57-60) |
47-49 |
|
E (average E, 54-56%) Sufficient – meets minimum criteria for award of credits |
10 (D2) Satisfactory |
E (54-56) |
44-46 |
|
E (weak E, 51-53%) Sufficient – meets minimum criteria for award of credits |
9 (D3) Satisfactory |
E (51-53) |
40-43 |
|
FX (strong FX, 47-50%) Fail – some work required before credit can be awarded |
8 (E1) Weak |
F (0-50) |
35-39 |
|
FX (average FX, 44-46%) Fail – some work required before credit can be awarded |
7 (E2) Weak |
- |
30-34 |
|
FX (weak FX, 40-43%) Fail – some work required before credit can be awarded |
6 (E3) Weak |
- |
25-29 |
|
F (strong F, 37-39%) Fail – considerable work required before credit can be awarded |
5 (F1) Poor |
- |
20-24 |
|
F (average FX, 34-36%) Fail – considerable work required before credit can be awarded |
4 (F2) Poor |
- |
15-19 |
|
F (weak FX, 30-33%) Fail – considerable work required before credit can be awarded |
3 (F3) Poor |
- |
10-14 |
|
F (zero percent) |
2 (G1) Very poor |
- |
7-9 |
|
F (zero percent) |
1 (G2) Very poor |
- |
4-6 |
|
F (zero percent) |
0 (N) |
- |
1-3 |
Resolution 679
INTERNATIONAL MASTER in SECURITY, INTELLIGENCE AND STRATEGIC STUDIES
The Degree of International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies is offered jointly by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, Ireland or the University of Trento, Italy (the ‘Partner Institutions’). The regulations are those promulgated by the University of Glasgow, the coordinating institution.
RESOLUTION
The Degree of International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies is governed by Resolution No. 679 of the University Court the provisions of which are as follows:
-
The Degree of International Master (IntM/IM/Mgr./LM52) may be awarded jointly by the Senate of the University of Glasgow in the College of Social Sciences and by Charles University, Prague and Dublin City University, Ireland or the University of Trento, Italy. The award abbreviation IM/IntM/Mgr. refers to the award for students who take the DCU pathway (“Track A”), IntM/Mgr./LM52 refers to the award granted to students who complete the University of Trento pathway (“Track B”). Graduates will only be conferred with the award appropriate to the pathway taken.
-
The Senate may make regulations governing the award of the Degree which are subject to the approval of the University Court - these are set out in the section entitled ‘Regulations’ below.
REGULATIONS
A student admitted onto the programme must follow the instructions issued by the relevant School and be aware of the content of the Programme Specification and the Programme Document (often referred to as the Programme or ‘Course’ Guide) which will contain further details on the Programme and may include further requirements associated with the award.
-
Admission
Before being considered for admission to study for an award to which these Regulations apply, a candidate must normally have obtained a degree or equivalent.
-
Duration of Study
The minimum period of study for the award of the Degree is 24 calendar months. The maximum period for full-time study is 48 calendar months of registered study.
-
Programme Components
In order to qualify for the award of the Degree a candidate must complete a minimum of 240 credits [120 ECTS equivalent] including taught courses and a 60 credit [30 ECTS] research portfolio. In compliance with the Scottish Credit and Qualification Framework for a Masters Degree 150 credits must be gained from Masters level courses (level M/SCQF level 11). 20 SCQF credits equals 10 ECTS.
-
Minimum Requirement for the Award of Credits
Credits for courses contributing to a candidate’s curriculum shall be awarded subject to the fulfilment of required conditions. The minimum requirements for the award of credits are set out in the Code of Assessment at §16.40 – §16.44 in the ‘University Fees and General Information for Students’ section of the University Regulations.
-
Assessment
5.1 For each academic session, assessment and reassessment are, insofar as not modified by these regulations, governed by the Code of Assessment which is contained in the ‘University Fees and General Information for Students’ section of the University Regulations published for that session.
5.2 The assessment of each taught course will be conducted by the institution teaching that course, with the course result determined in accordance with the assessment grading/mark schedule of that institution. In determining whether a candidate has satisfied the requirements set out in these regulations, the equivalence of course results recorded by the Partner Institutions to those recorded by the University of Glasgow shall be set out in the Programme Document. The result for the research portfolio will be determined in accordance with the assessment schedule of the University of Glasgow.
5.3 (a) Courses for which the candidate has registered must be counted towards the calculation of the candidate’s grade point average for the purposes of §6 and §8 unless other provision is justified by good cause circumstances affecting the candidate.
(b) This regulation applies where course registration continues: i) on the date on which the first summative assessment for that course is to be submitted; or ii) on such other date as may be specified in the course document for that course.
(c) This regulation does not apply to the Czech State Examination referred to in §8.1 or to any extra-curricular non credit-bearing modern language courses undertaken in association with the programme, the results from which will not contribute to calculation of the candidate’s grade point average.
(d) In relation to the degree awarded jointly by the University of Trento, the compulsory Italian language component is assessed on a Pass/Fail scale and therefore does not contribute to the calculation of the candidate's grade point average.
-
Progress
A candidate will be permitted to progress to preparation of the research portfolio only if he or she has obtained a grade point average of at least12.0 in the taught courses referred to in §3 with at least 75% of the credits at grade D3 or above and all credits at grade F3 or above. The Programme Document may specify a course or courses in respect of which a specific grade is a minimum requirement of progression. A candidate for the Degree awarded jointly by the University of Trento must achieve a Pass in the compulsory Italian language component identified on the Programme Document. The grade point average is determined with reference to the schedule of grades and grade points contained in Schedule A and Schedule B of the University’s Code of Assessment. The grade point average is calculated by taking the product of each course’s weight and the candidate’s grade points and dividing the sum of these products by the sum of the courses’ weights. The weights shall correspond to the courses’ credit ratings unless specified otherwise in the relevant programme documentation. The grade point average is expressed to one decimal place (§16.34(a) of the Code of Assessment). In determining whether a candidate has satisfied requirements in relation to progress and award, no further rounding is permitted. For example, a grade point average of 11.9 would not satisfy a requirement for a grade point average of 12.
6.2 A candidate may be required to commence work on the research portfolio before the assessment of the taught courses referred to in §3 has been completed. Such a requirement shall not indicate that the candidate has satisfied the requirements for award in relation to the taught courses. In the event that subsequently after all opportunities at assessment have been exhausted the candidate does not achieve the standard required in relation to the taught courses specified in §8.1, the candidate will not be eligible for the award of the Masters degree and the following will apply:
- If the research portfolio has been submitted, it will be marked and a grade published.
- If the research portfolio has not been submitted but is substantially complete and no further supervisory input is required, the candidate may submit the work by the published deadline. The work will be marked and a grade published.
- If the research portfolio is not substantially complete or requires further supervisory input, the work should be discontinued and no submission made. No grade will be published for the candidate.
7. Reassessment of Research Portfolio
7.1 Where a candidate requires a higher grade in the research portfolio to satisfy the requirements set out in §8.1, reassessment of that research portfolio will be permitted on one occasion only, under such conditions as the Examiners may prescribe in each particular case. Normally, resubmission should be no later than three months after the date of the meeting of the Board of Examiners. There is no automatic entitlement to repeat any previous practical work associated with the research portfolio or to undertake further practical work.
7.2 Where at the time of publication of the grade achieved on the research portfolio a candidate has exhausted all assessment opportunities on the taught courses referred to in §3 and has failed to satisfy the standard required in relation to the taught courses specified in §8.1 for the award of the degree, a resubmission will only be permitted where the Board determines that no further supervisory input is required.
8. Requirements for the Award of the International Master Degree and Rules for Award of Distinction and Merit
8.1 A candidate will be eligible for the award of the Degree on obtaining:
(a) a grade point average of at least 12.0 in all the taught courses within the programme, as specified in §3, with at least 75% of these credits at grade D3 or above, and
(b) all credits at grade F3 or above, and
(c) grade D3 or above in the research portfolio, and
(d) grade D3 or above in all components of the Czech State Examination (comprising written and oral examination), and
(e) for the degree awarded jointly by the University of Trento, a Pass in the compulsory Italian language component identified on the Programme Document.
8.2 §8.3 and §8.4 refer to the ‘weighted course grade profile’. This means the profile of course grades obtained across the taught courses and the research portfolio at the first attempt and weighted to reflect the relative credit weightings of the course. Illustrations of weighted grade profiles are given in the Guide to the Code of Assessment.
8.3 A candidate will be eligible for the award with Merit on achieving at the first attempt:
(a) a grade point average of at least 14.5 across the taught courses and the research portfolio, and
(b) a grade point average of at least 14.0 for the taught courses, and
(c) grade C1 or above for the research portfolio
Where a candidate has satisfied the requirements set out in §8.3 (b), and (c), and their grade point average obtained across the taught courses and research portfolio at the first attempt falls within the range 14.1 to 14.4 the Board of Examiners shall have make the award with Merit where at least 50% of the weighted course grade profile comprises grades of B or above.
8.4 A candidate will be eligible for the award with Distinction on achieving at the first attempt:
(a) a grade point average of at least 17.5 across the taught courses and the research portfolio, and
(b) a grade point average of at least 17.0 for the taught courses, and
(c) grade B1 or above for the research portfolio
Where a candidate has satisfied the requirements set out in §8.4 (b), and (c), and their grade point average obtained across the taught courses and research portfolio at the first attempt falls within the range 17.1 to 17.4 the Board of Examiners shall make the award with Distinction where at least 50% of the weighted course grade profile comprises A grades.
9. Transfer of Registration and Early Exits
A cadidate who is unable to complete the programme may be permitted to transfer their registration to a cognate programme of study leading to the award of a University of Glasgow Masters degree. Such a programme may have provision for the exit awards of Postgraduate Certificate and Postgraduate Diploma.
10. Academic Appeals
A candidate wishing to appeal against an academic decision relating to a course should follow the academic appeals procedure of the Partner Institution delivering that course; a candidate wishing to appeal against an academic decision made in relation to the overall Programme should follow the academic appeals procedure of the University of Glasgow.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | LLM |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | LLM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Law.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Law.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules / mandatory modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| LAW1057 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | LLM |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | LLM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules / mandatory modules on their respective pathway.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Law.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Law.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| LAW1057 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA i Léann na Gaeilge |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAHG |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Dioplóma Iarchéime i Léann na Gaeilge.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| GAE1013 | An Miontráchtas |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA i Léann na Gaeilge |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAHG |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally complete a minimum of 30 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period, subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Dioplóma Iarchéime i Léann na Gaeilge.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| GAE1013 | An Miontráchtas |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Children's and Young Adult Literature |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAHCL |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
None specified.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding LIT1042) students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Children’s and Young Adult Literature.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| LIT1042 | Dissertation Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Children's and Young Adult Literature |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAHCL |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting. If the module to be carried is not available in the next academic session, the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board may recommend an alternative module to be taken by the student(s).
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Children’s and Young Adult Literature.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code (Banner) | Module Title | Resit Category |
| LIT1042 | Dissertation Module | 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Choral Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MACS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-Time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally complete a minimum of 30 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period, subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Choral Studies.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Choral Studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MPA1087 | Research Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Creative Writing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MACW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Creative Writing.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| LIT1046 | Writing Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Creative Writing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MACW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Creative Writing.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| LIT1046 | Writing Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Documentary Practice |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MADP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards:
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Documentary Practice.
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Documentary Practice.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MCO1077 | Major Documentary Production Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Ethics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAETH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Ethics.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Ethics.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| PHE1029 | Research Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Ethics (Corporate Responsibility) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAETCR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed 30 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Ethics, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Ethics (Corporate Responsibility).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| PHE1029 | Research Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in European Law and Policy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MELP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in European Law and Policy.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in European Law and Policy.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1077 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in European Law and Policy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MELP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in European Law and Policy.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in European Law and Policy.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code (Banner) | Module Title | Resit Category |
| POL1077 | Dissertation | 2 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Gender and Sexuality Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAGS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards:
Students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Gender and Sexuality Studies, on completion of the following 20 credits of Core modules plus one 10-credit optional module:
|
Module Code |
Module Title |
Credits |
|
CUS1036 |
Gender and Sexuality Theories and Criticism |
10 |
|
CUS1017 |
Representations of Gender and Sexualities |
10 |
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, excluding the Dissertation module and the Research Methods module, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Gender and Sexuality Studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CUS1037 | Gender and Sexuality Studies Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in History |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAHH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in History.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in History.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| HIS1050 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in History |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAHH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules in Year 1.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in History.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in History.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in International Relations |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MIR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Relations.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Relations.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1053 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in International Relations |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MIR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Optional Modules
Students must register for no less than 10 ECTS credits and no more than 20 ECTS credits of optional modules in any academic session.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Relations.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Relations.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1053 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in International Security and Conflict Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MISC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1053 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in International Security and Conflict Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MISC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Optional Modules
Students must register for no less than 10 ECTS credits and no more than 20 ECTS credits of optional modules in any academic session.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1053 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Journalism |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAJ |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| JRR1028 | MAJ Project/Dissertation |
| JRR1029 | INTRA |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Music, Sound, Culture and Media |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAMUSC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression:
In the case of the part-time option, students must complete a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules:
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period, subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards:
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Music, Sound, Culture and Media.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Music, Sound, Culture and Media.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision
mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MPA1092 |
Dissertation OR Practice Based Portfolio with Extended Essay |
|
ICT1044 |
Audio Production |
|
MPA1085 |
Leadership in Music, Sound, Culture and Media |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Political Communication |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MAP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time, Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1011 | Political Communication: Intra Placement |
| MCO1057 | MAP Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Refugee Integration |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MARI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Students choosing a language option must register for one language module in each semester at the same level.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Refugee Integration.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CUS1018 | Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Social Media Communications |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSMC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time, Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Social Media Communications.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MCO1060 | Dissertation / Major Project (by practice) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Theology and World Religions |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MATHWR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Language modules are offered for credit at 10 ECTS. While not required, students may register for a language module. However, a maximum of one language module may be taken for credit for the duration of the programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Theology and World Religions.
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Theology and World Religions.
No more than 10 credits corresponding to a language module may apply to an exit award of any type.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| PHE1029 | Research Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Theology and World Religions |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MATHWR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Language modules are offered for credit at 10 ECTS. While not required, students may register for a language module. However, a maximum of one language module may be taken for credit for the duration of the programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 30 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting. If the module to be carried is not available in the next academic session, the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board may recommend an alternative module to be taken by the student(s).
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Theology and World Religions.
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Theology and World Religions.
No more than 10 credits corresponding to a language module may apply to an exit award of any type.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| PHE1029 | Research Module |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MA in Translation Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MTS |
| Programme Title | MSc in Translation Technology |
| Programme Code | MTT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students registered for the MA in Translation Studies who have successfully completed 60 ECTS credits of taught modules are permitted to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Translation Studies.
Students registered for the MSc in Translation Technology who have successfully completed 60 ECTS credits of taught modules are permitted to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Translation Technology.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| TRA1011 | Dissertation |
| TRA1016 | Work Placement |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MCC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 30 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Certificate in Climate Change.
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1064 | Dissertation/Capstone project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MCC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 30 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Certificate in Climate Change.
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1064 | Dissertation/Capstone project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Emerging Media |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSCEM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MCO1052 | Major Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Public Relations and Strategic Communications |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSCPR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Public Relations and Strategic Communications.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MCO1012 | Intra Placement |
| MCO1044 | MScPR Dissertation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Public Policy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MPP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Public Policy.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken.The following is an explanation of the resit categories.All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1055 | Policy Analysis Exercise |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Public Policy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MPP |
| Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Public Policy.
Students undertaking the Education Policy pathway must complete the following modules to achieve the award of Graduate Diploma in Public Policy:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
|---|---|---|
| POL1054 | Public Policy Analysis | 10 |
| POL1069 | Political Theory and Public Policy | 10 |
| POL1091 | Quantitative Methods for Social Sciences | 10 |
| EDU1132 | Educational Policy | 10 |
| POL1000 | Qualitative Research Methods for Social Sciences | 10 |
| EDU1189 | The Theory, Policy, and Practice of Educational Evaluation | 10 |
Students on the Education Policy pathway may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Public Policy, on completion of the following 30 credits:
| Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
|---|---|---|
| POL1054 | Public Policy and Analysis | 10 |
| POL1069 | Political Theory and Public Policy | 10 |
| EDU1132 | Educational Policy | 10 |
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken.The following is an explanation of the resit categories.All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| POL1055 | Policy Analysis Exercise |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Science and Health Communication |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSHC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time, Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MCO1049 | MSHC Project/Dissertation |
| MCO1054 | INTRA Work Placement: MSHC |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc sa Bhainistíocht agus Gnó Digiteach |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MBGD |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Teastas Iarchéime sa Bhainistíocht agus Gnó Digiteach.
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Dioplóma Iarchéime sa Bhainistíocht agus Gnó Digiteach.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken.The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BAA1057 | Tráchtas |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
DCU Faculty of Science and Health
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Humanities (Psychology Major) |
| Programme Code | BAPY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time, Flexible, Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The BA in Humanities (Psychology Major) degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits).
- Foundation level modules: PSY1080 What is Psychology?; PSY1081 Exploring Psychological Research; PHE1005 What is Philosophy? OR SOC1001 What is Sociology?
- Post-foundation, Intermediate level modules: PSY1082 Social & Organisational Psychology; PSY1083 Developmental & Educational Psychology; PSY1084 Quantitative & Qualitative Research in Psychology; PSY1085 Cognitive Psychology & Biopsychology; PHE1006 What can I know? Philosophy of Knowledge; PHE1007 Philosophy of Education: Teaching, Pedagogy & Practice; PHE1009 Philosophy of Values: Ethics & Aesthetics; SOC1002 Sociology of the Lifecourse; SOC1003; Social Inequality & Intergroup Relations; SOC1015 Societal Structure and Social Order.
- Post-foundation, advanced level modules: PSY1086 Individual Differences; PSY1116 Psychological Perspectives on Mental Health; PSY1088 Advanced Research Methods & Project.
The classification of the award will be based on post-foundation module marks obtained at the first attempt, based on the following weighting:
One third from the average of the six intermediate level module marks (90 credits)
Two thirds from the average of the three advanced level module marks (45 credits)
Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
| First Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
| Second Class Honours, Grade III | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
| Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at tutorials, workshops, etc. is not compulsory.
Please note: The completion of the PSY1088 independent research project involves a successful application for ethical approval of the project. If ethical approval is not granted for a research project a student cannot proceed to the data-collection phase.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.1 Credits for progression
Students may graduate with the BA in Humanities (Psychology Major) when they have achieved 180 credits. Students may exit with a Diploma in Humanities (Psychology Major) when they have achieved 120 credits (including 90 credits of Psychology).
3.2 Carrying of modules
Carrying of modules is not allowed on this programme.
3.3 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in Humanities (Psychology Major) after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits), of which at least six must be psychology modules. The classification of the award will be based on the average of the completed post-foundation module marks obtained at the first attempt. Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BA in Psychology |
| Programme Code | BAPSY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time, Flexible, Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The BA in Psychology degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits).
The classification of the award will be based on the average of post-foundation module marks (135 ECTS credits) obtained at the first attempt.
- Post-foundation modules: PSY1082 Social & Organisational Psychology; PSY1083 Developmental & Educational Psychology; PSY1112 Qualitative Research in Psychology; PSY1113 Quantitative Research in Psychology; PSY1114 Cognitive Psychology; PSY1115 Biopsychology; PSY1086 Individual Differences; PSY1116 Psychological Perspectives on Mental Health; PSY1117 Final Year Project in Psychology
Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
|
First Class Honours |
Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
|
Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
|
Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
|
Third Class Honours |
Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at online classes, workshops, etc. is not compulsory.
Please note: The completion of the independent research project, within the PSY1117 Final Year Project in Psychology module, involves an application for ethical approval of the project. If ethical approval is not granted for a research project a student cannot proceed to the data-collection phase.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for Major and Module Selection Instructions for full details).
3.1 Credits for progression
Students may graduate with the BA in Psychology when they have achieved 180 credits. Students may exit with a Diploma in Psychology when they have achieved 120 credits.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Carrying of modules is not allowed on this programme.
3.3 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in Psychology after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits). The classification of the award will be based on the average of the completed post-foundation module marks obtained at the first attempt. Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Biological Sciences General Entry |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BGE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
| CM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period of the relevant pathway, BSc in Biotechnology, BSc in Genetics and Cell Biology, BSc in Bioprocessing.
This stipulation does not apply to deferred, repeat or legacy students.
While progression into Year 2 of BSc in Biotechnology, BSc in Genetics and Cell Biology, BSc in Bioprocessing is available to all BGE students, Year 2 programme places will be assigned to BGE students, based on their Year 1 grades (merit order). When places for Year 2 programmes are limited, BGE1 students will be offered one of their Year 2 programme choices.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1001 | How life works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Actuarial Maths |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ACM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 25% |
| Year 3 | 15% |
| Year 4 | 60% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
These modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1087 | Linear Algebra I |
| MTH1089 | Linear Algebra II |
| MTH1035 | Calculus of Several Variables |
| MTH1039 | Linear Algebra |
| MTH1043 | Analysis 2 |
| MTH1036 | Introduction to Differential Equations |
| MTH1044 | Probability II |
| MTH1056 | Probability and Finance II (Intermediate) |
| MTH1063 | Probability and Finance I (Intermediate) |
| MTH1062 | Optimisation |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
This programme is fully accredited by the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, UK.
Marks and Standards Apply
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period. This does not apply to year 2 repeat students in 2025/2026 – see item 6.2 Repeat Arrangements for Year 2 Repeat students.
Students must successfully complete 62.5 credits in Year 4 to be awarded the BSc in Actuarial Mathematics.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ECO1004 | Introduction to Microeconomics |
| ECO1005 | Introduction to Macroeconomics |
| MTH1088 | Calculus |
| MTH1018 | Probability I |
| MTH1081 | Statistics I |
| ACC1038 | Accounting I |
| MTH1082 | Statistics II |
| ACC1033 | Accounting II |
| MTH1050 | Stochastic Modelling |
| MTH1052 | Financial Mathematics |
| MTH1094 | Financial Mathematics |
| MTH1000 | Actuarial Modelling I |
| MTH1001 | Financial and Actuarial Models |
| MTH1009 | INTRA ACM |
| MTH1060 | Financial Economics I |
| MTH1061 | Financial Economics II |
| MTH1003 | Time Series (Intermediate) |
| MTH1002 | Life Contingencies |
| MTH1065 | Simulation for Finance |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code (Banner) | Module Title |
| MTH1009 | INTRA ACM |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MTH1087 |
Linear Algebra I |
|
MTH1018 |
Probability 1 |
|
MTH1089 |
Linear Algebra II |
|
MTH1035 |
Calculus of Several Variables |
|
MTH1043 |
Analysis 2 |
|
MTH1036 |
Introduction to Differential Equations |
|
MTH1044 |
Probability II |
|
MTH1056 |
Probability & Finance II (Intermediate) |
|
MTH1063 |
Probability & Finance I (Intermediate) |
|
MTH1062 |
Optimisation |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
(to be used when restructuring has taken place and specific arrangements need to be put in place for repeat students)
6.1 Year 1 Repeat Students
Where a repeat student enrolled in year 1 of the programme in the academic year 2024/25 fails or defers MTH1039, but has successfully completed all other year 1 modules, they will be required to repeat MTH1039 repeat this module in 2025/26.
6.2 Year 2 Repeat Students
Where a student enrolled in year 2 of the programme in the academic year 2024/25 is required to repeat Year 2 in 2025/26, they will repeat
(a) the module(s) which they did not pass in the initial academic session if still offered on the new structure
(b) a replacement module as indicated below:
-
MTH1037 students must take MTH1093 (5 credits)
-
ACC1012 students must take ACC1038 (5 credits)
(c) in addition to the above all year 2 repeat students, must also complete MTH1094)
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Analytical Science |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | AS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 25% |
| Year 4 | 75% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
| CHM1021 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1020 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
| CHM1033 | Analysis of Organic and Inorganic Species |
| BIO1012 | Bioanalytical Practicals I |
| BIO1022 | Analytical Science Research Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| CHM1010 | Organic Chemistry |
| CHM1014 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
| MTH1080 | Probability and Statistics |
| CHM1024 | Separation Techniques |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
| CHM1021 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1020 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
| CHM1033 | Analysis of Organic and Inorganic Species |
| BIO1012 | Bioanalytical Practicals I |
| CHM1051 | INTRA |
| INS1008 | INTRA - Industry & Career Related Assignments |
| BIO1022 | Analytical Science Research Project |
| CHM1045 | Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
CHM1055 |
INTRA |
|
BIO1015 |
Bioanalytical Practicals II |
|
CHM1044 |
Literature Survey |
|
CHM1045 |
Project |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
BCH1000 |
Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
|
GCB1001 |
Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
|
BIO1012 |
Bioanalytical Practicals I |
|
BIO1022 |
Analytical Science Research Project |
|
CHM1008 |
Chemistry Laboratory |
|
CHM1020 |
Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
|
CHM1021 |
Organic Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop |
|
CHM1033 |
Analysis of Organic and Inorganic Species |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1001 |
How life works 2 |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules and Metabolism |
|
CHM1010 |
Organic Chemistry |
|
CHM1014 |
Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
|
MTH1080 |
Probability and Statistics |
|
GCB1009 |
Fundamentals of Molecular Biology |
|
CHM1024 |
Separation Techniques |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Applied Physics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | AP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1043 | Physics Laboratory III |
| PHY1045 | Physics Laboratory IV (AP) |
| PHY1013 | INTRA (Physics) |
| PHY1054 | Physics Laboratory V |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1036 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| PHY1034 | Electromagnetism |
| PHY1035 | Solid State Physics I |
| PHY1037 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| PHY1048 | Quantum Physics II |
| PHY1049 | Statistical Physics |
| PHY1050 | Semiconductor Physics I |
| PHY1051 | Wave Optics |
| PHY1056 | Solid State Physics II |
| PHY1060 | Electrodynamics |
| ASP1006 | Extragalactic Astrophysics and Cosmology |
| PHY1009 | Plasma Science and Technology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period (62.5 in Year 2) in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
PHY1043 |
Physics Laboratory III |
| PHY1045 | Physics Laboratory IV (AP) |
| PHY1013 | INTRA (Physics) |
| PHY1054 | Physics Laboratory V |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
PHY1043 |
Physics Laboratory III |
|
PHY1045 |
Physics Laboratory IV (AP) |
|
PHY1013 |
INTRA (Physics) |
|
PHY1054 |
Physics Laboratory V |
|
PHY1064 |
Final Year Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EEN1022 |
Digital and Analogue Electronics I |
|
MTH1034 |
Linear Algebra |
|
PHY1033 |
Quantum Physics I |
|
PHY1034 |
Electromagnetism |
|
PHY1035 |
Solid State Physics I |
|
PHY1036 |
Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
|
PHY1037 |
Physics of Renewable Energy |
|
MTH1042 |
Modelling with Differential Equations |
|
PHY1048 |
Quantum Physics II |
|
PHY1049 |
Statistical Physics |
|
PHY1050 |
Semiconductor Physics I |
|
PHY1051 |
Wave Optics |
|
PHY1056 |
Solid State Physics II |
|
PHY1060 |
Electrodynamics |
|
ASP1006 |
Cosmology, Galaxies and Sun |
|
PHY1009 |
Plasma Science and Technology |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Athletic Therapy and Training |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ATT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
For entrants prior to 2018 the following applies
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | N/A |
| Year 2 | 19% |
| Year 3 | 54% |
| Year 4 | 27% |
From 2018/2019 the following will apply for the next 4 years.
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | N/A |
| Year 2 | 15% |
| Year 3 | 50% |
| Year 4 | 35% |
Note: Due to students undertaking their clinical experience in the first semester of year 4 (semester 7) which is a pass/fail module, it does not contribute to the overall award classification.
Students who transfer into the programme in 2nd or 3rd year will have their degree classification based on the contribution precision marks that were achieved at DCU as per the weightings outlined above in the relevant years.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 80% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| SPO1006 | Introduction to Exercise Science |
| SPO1007 | Conditioning Science 1: Theoretical Approaches |
| SPO1008 | Motor Control and Learning |
| TRE1009 | Injuries 1 |
| TRE1000 | Injuries 2 |
| TRE1001 | Introduction to Clinical Practice |
| HEA1046 | Emergency Care |
| HEA1048 | Medicine in Sport |
| TRE1039 | Manual Therapy |
| TRE1012 | Rehabilitation |
| TRE1002 | Clinical Reasoning in Practice |
| TRE1038 | Pain Science & Applied Modalities |
| TRE1013 | Exercise and Chronic Illness Rehabilitation |
| TRE1004 | Injuries 3 |
| TRE1006 | Independent Clinical Practice |
| TRE1014 | Rehabilitation in Practice |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Repeat / deferred students credits may range between 60 – 65 in year 3
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in the circumstances outlined below.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MSc in Athletic Therapy and Strength and Conditioning pathway, students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (by totaling and averaging the precision mark from their second- and third-year precision mark). A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Where students fail/defer module(s) in Year 3 (SPO1021 and SPO1037) the Programme Board may allow them to progress and complete their Clinical Experience (placement) in the first semester of year 4.
However, they will not be allowed to progress to the second semester of Year 4 until they pass all Year 3 modules. Students will be eligible to register to complete the following Year 3 semester 1 modules while on clinical experience - SPO1021 and SPO1037. Students will be given distance learning support to aid their study.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title |
BSc in Athletic Therapy and Training (Integrated) MSc in Athletic Therapy and Strength and Conditioning |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | ATTI/ATTIM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
|
Year 1 |
N/A |
|
Year 2 |
10% |
|
Year 3 |
30% |
|
Year 4 |
25% |
|
Year 5 |
35% |
|
BSc ATT exit in year 4 |
Year 1 = N/A, Year 2 = 15%, Year 3 = 50%, Year 4 = 35% |
For the dual BSc ATT/MSc AT&SC award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BSc and the MSc
Note: Due to students undertaking their clinical experience in the first semester of year 4 (semester 7) which is a pass/fail module, it does not contribute to the overall award classification and hence the 25% contribution to the award classification in year 4 for students on the 5 year integrated BSc/MSc pathway. Similarly, for those on the 4 year BSc pathway, there is a 35% contribution for year 4.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Repeat / deferred students credits may range between 60 – 65 in year 3
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students transferring from ATT3 to ATTI4 are not permitted to carry any modules.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to progress with the Masters pathway they may exit with a BSc in Athletic Therapy and Training at the end of year 4. This will meet the Athletic Rehabilitation Therapy Ireland accreditation standards, but students will not leave with a specified strength and conditioning qualification.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in year 4 only within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Bioprocessing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BTE1002 | Bioprocess Research and Design |
| CSC1001 | Computational Skills for Bioprocess Engineering |
| BTE1003 | Contemporary issues in the Manufacture of Biological Products |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1008 | Applied Bioprocessing Laboratory |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
| BTE1047 | Industrial Bioprocess Development Laboratory |
| BTE1048 | Bioprocessing for Circular Economy |
| BTE1050 | Fermentation Festival (Major Industrial Bioprocessing) |
| BTE1051 | Research Project (Major Bioprocess Research) |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BTE1005 | Bioprocess Engineering Principles |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
| BTE1051 | Research Project (Major Bioprocess Research) |
5. Resit Category
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1008 | Applied Bioprocessing laboratory |
| BTE1047 | Industrial Bioprocess Development Laboratory |
| BTE1048 | Bioprocessing for Circular Economy |
| BTE1050 | Fermentation Festival (Major Industrial Bioprocessing) |
| BTE1051 | Research Project (Major Bioprocess Research) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BTE1010 |
Downstream Processing |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules & Metabolism |
|
BTE1005 |
Bioprocess Engineering Principles |
|
BTE1015 |
Proteins, Proteomics & Biopharma |
|
BTE1018 |
Biopharmaceutical Industry Regulation & Management |
|
BTE1019 |
Biopharmaceutical Facility Design & Operation |
|
GCB1009 |
Fundamentals of Molecular Biology |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Biotechnology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20%, calculated using Semester 1 modules only |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| STA1003 | Statistics |
| BIO1010 | Scientific Literature |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1007 | Bioprocessing & Instrumentation Laboratory |
| BTE1013 | Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory |
| GCB1018 | Molecular Cloning and Cell Culture Practicals |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
| BTE1022 | Bioprocessing Laboratory |
| BIO1016 | Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
| BIO1044 | Literature Review |
| BIO1020 | Research Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| BTE1005 | Bioprocess Engineering Principles |
| CHM1010 | Organic Chemistry |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1007 | Bioprocessing & Instrumentation Laboratory |
| GCB1018 | Molecular Cloning and Cell Culture Practicals |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
| BTE1013 | Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory |
| BTE1022 | Bioprocessing Laboratory |
| BIO1016 | Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
| BIO1044 | Literature Review |
| BIO1020 | Research Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1007 | Bioprocessing and Instrumentation Laboratory |
| BTE1013 | Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory |
| GBC1012 | Gene Cloning, Protein Expression & Purification |
| BTE1022 | Bioprocessing Laboratory |
| BIO1016 | Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
| BIO1020 | Research Project |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
BTE1010 |
Downstream Processing |
|
BIO1001 |
How life works 2 |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules & Metabolism |
|
BTE1005 |
Bioprocess Engineering Principles |
|
CHM1010 |
Organic Chemistry |
|
BTE1015 |
Proteins, Proteomics & Biopharma |
|
BTE1018 |
Biopharmaceutical Industry Regulation & Management |
|
BTE1019 |
Biopharmaceutical Facility Design & Operation |
|
GCB1002 |
Genetics of Human Inheritance |
|
GCB1009 |
Fundamentals of Molecular Biology |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Chemical and Pharmaceutical Sciences |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | AC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 25% |
| Year 4 | 75% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
| CHM1022 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop for AC |
| CHM1017 | Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1018 | Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1034 | Synthesis and Analysis of Pharmaceuticals |
| CHM1041 | Drug Design Workshop |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| CHM1010 | Organic Chemistry |
| CHM1014 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
| MTH1080 | Probability and Statistics |
| CHM1024 | Separation Techniques |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
| CHM1022 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop for AC |
| CHM1017 | Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1018 | Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1034 | Synthesis and Analysis of Pharmaceuticals |
| CHM1051 | INTRA |
| INS1008 | INTRA - Industry & Career Related Assignments |
| CHM1045 | Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
CHM1051 |
INTRA |
|
CHM1044 |
Literature Survey |
|
CHM1045 |
Project |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1017 | Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1018 | Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1022 | Chemistry Lab & Spectroscopic Workshop for AC |
| CHM1034 | Synthesis and Analysis of Pharmaceuticals |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1001 |
How life works 2 |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules and Metabolism |
|
CHM1010 |
Organic Chemistry |
|
CHM1014 |
Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
|
MTH1080 |
Probability & Statistics |
|
CHM1024 |
Separation Techniques |
|
CHM1037 |
Advanced Topics in Organic Chemistry |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Chemistry with Artificial Intelligence |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | AI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 25% |
| Year 4 | 75% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CHM1015 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory & Spectroscopic Workshop |
| CHM1016 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1031 | Practical Chemistry with Artificial Intelligence |
|
ENS1021 |
Sustainable Processes |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
CHM1008 |
Chemistry Laboratory |
|
CHM1007 |
Interdisciplinary Science |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CHM1010 | Organic Chemistry |
| CHM1014 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| MTH1080 | Probability and Statistics |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
BIO1001 |
How life works 2 |
|
CHM1024 |
Separation Techniques |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CHM1015 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory & Spectroscopic Workshop |
| CHM1016 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1031 | Practical Chemistry with Artificial Intelligence |
| CHM1051 | INTRA |
| CHM1045 | Project |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
CHM1008 |
Chemistry Laboratory |
|
CHM1007 |
Interdisciplinary Science |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
CHM1045 |
Project |
|
CHM1051 |
INTRA |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CHM1015 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory & Spectroscopic Workshop |
| CHM1016 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1032 | Organic and Polymer Chemistry |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1001 |
How life works 2 |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules and Metabolism |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
CHM1010 |
Organic Chemistry |
|
MTH1034 |
Linear Algebra |
|
CHM1014 |
Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
|
MTH1080 |
Probability and Statistics |
|
CHM1024 |
Separation Techniques |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Environmental Science and Technology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | EST |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 25% |
| Year 4 | 75% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
| ENS1000 | Environmental Chemistry Laboratories |
| BTE1006 | Environmental Biotechnology Laboratories |
| PHY1042 | Environmental Physics Laboratories |
| BIO1011 | Bioanalysis |
| CHM1057 | Analysis of Environmental Samples |
| ENS1007 | Environmental Field Course |
| ENS1008 | Environmental Sciences Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| CHM1014 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
| MTH1080 | Probability and Statistics |
| CHM1024 | Separation Techniques |
| PHY1037 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
| PHY1052 | Atmospheric and Sound Physics |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
This stipulation does not apply to deferred / repeat / legacy students.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
| ENS1000 | Environmental Chemistry Laboratories |
| BTE1006 | Environmental Biotechnology Laboratories |
| PHY1042 | Environmental Physics Laboratories |
| ENS1027 | Towards Zero Carbon |
| ENS1007 | Environmental Field Course |
| BTE1040 | INTRA |
| INS1008 | INTRA - Industry & Career Related Assignments |
| CHM1057 | Analysis of Environmental Samples |
| ENS1008 | Environmental Sciences Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BTE1006 | Environmental Biotechnology Laboratories |
| ENS1009 | ESH Literature Survey |
| BTE1040 | INTRA |
| PHY1042 | Environmental Physics Laboratories |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
CHM1008 |
Chemistry Laboratory |
|
ENS1000 |
Environmental Chemistry Laboratories |
|
CHM1057 |
Analysis of Environmental Samples |
|
ENS1007 |
Environmental Field Course |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1001 |
How Life Works 2 |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules and Metabolism |
|
CHM1014 |
Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
|
MTH1080 |
Probability and Statistics |
|
PHY1037 |
Physics of Renewable Energy |
|
CHM1024 |
Separation Techniques |
|
MTH1042 |
Modelling with Differential Equations |
|
PHY1052 |
Atmospheric & Sound Physics |
|
BIO1014 |
Environmental Toxicology |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Financial Mathematics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | FIM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 25% |
| Year 3 | 15% |
| Year 4 | 60% |
However, the degree classification is based on third and fourth year marks only, for those students who first sat second year in the academic year 2014-2015.
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
These modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1056 | Probability and Finance II (Intermediate) |
| MTH1063 | Probability and Finance I (Intermediate) |
| MTH1062 | Optimisation |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1008 | INTRA |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% continuous assessment module
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Genetics and Cell Biology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GCB |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20%, calculated using Semester 1 modules only |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| STA1001 | Introduction to Biostatistics |
| CSC1000 | Introduction to Computational Biology |
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| STA1003 | Statistics |
| BIO1010 | Scientific Literature |
| BIO1003 | Computational Biology |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
| GCB1010 | Genomics |
| GCB1017 | Molecular Cloning and Cell Culture Practicals |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
| GCB1003 | Human Genomics |
| BIO1043 | Literature Review |
| BIO1018 | Research Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| CHM1010 | Organic Chemistry |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| BIO1003 | Computational Biology |
| BCH1000 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
| GCB1001 | Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
| GCB1017 | Molecular Cloning and Cell Culture Practicals |
| BTE1022 | Bioprocessing Laboratory |
| BIO1016 | Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
| GCB1003 | Human Genomics |
| BIO1043 | Literature Review |
| BIO1018 | Research Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
| Module Code | Module Title |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| BTE1041 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
BIO1003 |
Computational Biology |
|
BCH1000 |
Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
|
GCB1001 |
Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
|
GCB1017 |
Molecular Cloning and Cell Culture Practicals |
|
BTE1022 |
Bioprocessing Laboratory |
|
BIO1016 |
Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
|
BIO1018 |
Research Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1001 |
How life works 2 |
|
CHM1004 |
Introductory Chemistry 2 |
|
BCH1003 |
Biomolecules & Metabolism |
|
CHM1010 |
Organic Chemistry |
|
GCB1008 |
Microbiology & Genetics II |
|
GCB1000 |
Comparative Genomics & Developmental Biology |
|
GCB1009 |
Fundamentals of Molecular Biology |
|
BTE1015 |
Proteins, Proteomics & Biopharma |
|
BTE1018 |
Biopharmaceutical Industry Regulation & Management |
|
BTE1019 |
Biopharmaceutical Facility Design & Operation |
|
GCB1002 |
Genetics of Human Inheritance |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Health and Society |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BHS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Nursing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BNCG, BNGN, BNID, BNPY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification for the BSc in Nursing: BNID, BNGN & BNPY
The overall degree award is calculated on performance in Years 3 and 4. It is calculated on the basis of the module weightings as contained in the academic structures for Years 3 & 4, with each year accounting for 50% of the overall award.
All Practice Modules are graded as pass or fail (i.e. no mark assigned).
1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification for the BSc in Nursing: BNCG
The degree classification is based on Years 3 & 4 of the programme. It is calculated on the basis of the module weightings as contained in the academic structures for Years 3 & 4 reflecting an allocation of 35% to Year 3 and 65% to Year.
All Practice Modules are graded as pass or fail (i.e. no mark assigned).
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
External/Professional Body: Nursing and Midwifery Board of Ireland
Compensation is not permitted between theory and practice components of practice modules. This is stated as follows in the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Ireland Requirements and standards: “The assessment strategy does not allow compensation between theoretical and clinical practice” (An Bord Altranais1, 2005, p43, 3.2.4.7) (M&S 6.2.2). 1 Please note prior to 2012, the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Ireland was known as An Bord Altranais.
The “academic session” for this programme is to be extended beyond the conventional 12-month period (M&S 2.2).
Because of the length of the clinical placement modules, it is not possible for students to repeat them in their entirety and, in the event of a repeat opportunity a student will need to carry the passed elements (M&S 7.1.6).
Students must successfully complete the clinical component of the year 4 supernumerary module before permission is granted by a Progression and Award Board to a student to remain registered in the subsequent academic semester for Internship modules within his/her programme of study (M&S 7.1).
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students on the BNCG programme must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 30 credits in year 5.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules under any circumstances.
Where a student fails to successfully complete a 4th year theory module(s) on the BSc Children’s and General Integrated programme at the re-sit opportunity (month 8 on the academic structures), the Progression and Award Board may allow students to complete the remainder of the internship placement modules (NNUR1095 and NUR1096) and progress to Year 5 carrying these failed modules. Students will register to repeat these modules at the next available opportunity.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted between practice modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Physical Education with Biology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PEB |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 35% |
| Year 4 | 50% |
Students who transfer into the programme in 2nd or 3rd year will have their degree classification based on the contribution precision marks that were achieved at DCU as per the weightings outlined above in the relevant years.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
A minimum attendance of 80% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
SPO1015 |
Motor Learning & Motor Development |
|
SPO1016 |
Applied Studies in Athletics & HRA |
|
SPO1011 |
Applied Studies in Games 1 |
|
SPO1012 |
Aesthetic Activities I |
|
SPO1000 |
Introduction to Teaching HRA in PE |
|
SPO1022 |
Applied Studies in Games 2 |
|
SPO1023 |
Applied Studies in Aquatics |
|
SPO1030 |
Inclusion in Physical Education |
|
SPO1062 |
Programme Decision (instructional & Curriculum in PE) |
|
SPO1061 |
Aesthetics 2 |
|
EDS1070 |
Teaching & assessing Senior Cycle Biology |
Compulsory Attendance applies to the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
EDS1071 |
Microteaching and teaching preparation |
|
EDS1077 |
Microteaching and Teaching Preparation 2 |
|
EDS1073 |
Development Psych & Individual Differences |
|
EDS1104 |
Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Science |
|
EDS1075 |
Professional Placement |
|
BIO1005 |
Plant Science |
|
EDS1076 |
Professional Placement |
PEB modules will occasionally run outside of the current academic year to allow school- based placement to be completed in alignment with the post primary education system.
Due to the modification of the PEB programme in line with recent Teaching Council requirements for teacher accreditation status, the total number of credits covered by PEB may adjust from previous years.
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
BIO1001 |
How Life Works 2 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Professional/External Body: The Teaching Council
A total of 275 ECTS credits are attached to the workload of the BSc in PE with Biology for those students who started in the programme in the year 2020-2021 or before.
A total of 240 ECTS credits are attached to the workload of the BSc in PE with Biology for those students who started in the programme in the year 2021-2022 or later.
This stipulation does not apply to the deferred/repeat/legacy students.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed, as indicated below, the minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
| Year 1 | 60 credits |
| Year 2 | 60 credits |
| Year 3 | 60 credits |
| Year 4 | 60 credits |
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
SPO1016 |
Applied studies in Athletics & HRA |
|
SPO1011 |
Applied Studies in Games 1 |
|
SPO1012 |
Applied Studies in Aesthetic Activities |
|
SPO1000 |
Introduction to Teaching HRA in PE |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
EDS1056 |
Foundation Teaching and Placement Preparation |
|
EDS1071 |
Microteaching and Teach Prep |
|
SPO1023 |
Applied Studies in Aquatics |
|
SPO1022 |
Applied Studies in Games 2 |
|
EDS1106 |
Irish Education |
|
SPO1025 |
Adventure activities |
|
SPO1026 |
Athletics 2 |
|
EDS1077 |
Microteaching and Teaching Preparation 2 |
|
EDS1073 |
Development Psych & Individual Differences |
|
SPO1030 |
Inclusion and Adaptation, PE and Physical Activity |
|
EDS1053 |
ICT, Teaching Strategies and Professional Preparation |
|
EDS1072 |
Philosophical Perspectives on Education |
|
EDS1054 |
Curriculum Development and Evaluation |
|
EDS1055 |
Access, Disadvantage, Equality in Education |
|
EDS1076 |
Professional Placement |
|
SPO1039 |
Adventure Activities |
|
EDS1078 |
Teaching in online & blended learning environment |
|
EDS1075 |
Professional Placement |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1002 |
Practical Biology |
|
SPO1023 |
Applied Studies in Aquatics |
|
EDS1075 |
Professional Placement |
|
EDS1104 |
Teaching and Assessment Junior Cycle Science |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
BIO1001 |
How Life Works 2 |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
Due to the restructuring of the programme and changes to Teaching Council requirements, if students have failed a module that is no longer on the programme they may be required to substitute another module rather than repeating the failed Module.
Moreover, in cases where an alternative module is not immediately apparent then repeat students will be required to complete the necessary work to meet the learning outcomes and Teaching Council requirements and these will be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Lastly, any student who is repeating modules, despite having sufficient credits, shall not have fulfilled the learning outcomes and Teaching Council requirements of the 'new' programme.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Physical Education with Maths |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PEM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 5% |
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 35% |
| Year 4 | 50% |
Students who transfer into the programme in 2nd or 3rd year will have their degree classification based on the contribution precision marks that were achieved at DCU as per the weightings outlined above in the relevant years.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
A minimum attendance of 80% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| SPO1015 | Motor Control and Motor Development |
| SPO1016 | Applied Studies in Athletics and HRA |
| SPO1011 | Applied Studies in Games 1 |
| SPO1012 | Aesthetic Activities 1 |
| SPO1000 | Introduction to teaching HRA in PE |
| SPO1023 | Applied Studies in Aquatics |
| SPO1025 | Adventure Activities |
| SPO1026 | Athletics 2 |
| SPO1030 | Inclusion in Physical Education |
| SPO1022 | Applied Studies in Games 2 |
| SPO1039 | Adventure Activities |
Compulsory attendance applies to the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| EDS1071 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation |
| EDS1077 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation 2 |
| EDS1073 | Development Psych and Individual Differences |
| EDS1075 | Professional Placement |
| EDS1076 | Professional Placement |
| MTH1040 | Teaching Junior Cycle Maths |
| MTH1057 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Maths |
PEM modules will occasionally run outside of the current academic year to allow for school-based placement to be completed in alignment with the post primary education system.
Due to the modification of the PEM programme in line with recent Teaching Council requirements for teacher accreditation status, the total number of credits covered by PEM may increase from previous years.
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module | Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1017 | Calculus for Teachers |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| MTH1048 | Probability, Descriptive and Inferential Statistics |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| MTH1054 | Introduction to Analysis |
| MTH1053 | Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Professional/External Body: Teaching Council of Ireland
The Teaching Council of Ireland requires pre-service Physical Education teachers to be competent in the performance of a number of practical areas for academic accreditation (M&S 6.2.2).
A maximum total of 270 ECTS credits are attached to the workload of the BSc in PE with Maths (M&S 1.1.3 Table 1).
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed, as indicated below, the minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
| Year 1 | 60 credits |
| Year 2 | 60 credits |
| Year 3 | 60 credits |
| Year 4 | 60 credits |
This stipulation does not apply to the deferred/ repeat/ legacy students.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1031 | Mathematical Thinking |
| SPO1016 | Applied Studies in Athletics and HRA |
| SPO1011 | Applied Studies in Games 1 |
| SPO1012 | Aesthetic Activities 1 |
| SPO1000 | Introduction to Teaching HRA in PE |
| EDS1056 | Foundation Teaching and Placement Preparation |
| EDS1071 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation |
| SPO1023 | Applied Studies in Aquatics |
| SPO1022 | Applied Studies in Games 2 |
| EDS1106 | Irish Education |
| EDS1077 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation 2 |
| EDS1073 | Development Psych and Individual Differences |
| SPO1030 | Inclusion in Physical Education |
| SPO1025 | Adventure Activities |
| SPO1026 | Athletics 2 |
| EDS1053 | ICT, Teaching Strategies and Professional Preparation |
| EDS1072 | Philosophical Perspectives on Education |
| EDS1054 | Curriculum Development and Evaluation |
| EDS1055 | Access, Disadvantage, Equality in Education |
| EDS1076 | Professional Placement |
| MTH1057 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Maths |
| EDS1078 | Teaching in Online and Blended Learning Environment |
| EDS1075 | Professional Placement |
| EDS1105 | Teaching & Assessing Junior Cycle Maths |
| EDS1061 | Aesthetics 2 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both[1] components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Please list category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| EDS1075 | Professional Placement |
| SPO1023 | Applied Studies in Aquatics |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
Please list category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1017 | Calculus for Teachers |
| MTH1048 | Probability, Descriptive & Inferential Statis |
| MTH1053 | Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
| MTH1054 | Introduction to Analysis |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| MTH1019 | Discrete Mathematics I |
| MTH1053 | Discrete Mathematics II |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
Due to the restructuring of the programme and changes to Teaching Council requirements, if students have failed a module that is no longer on the programme they may be required to substitute another module rather than repeating the failed Module.
Moreover, in cases where an alternative module is not immediately apparent then repeat students will be required to complete the necessary work to meet the learning outcomes and Teaching Council requirements and these will be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Lastly, any student who is repeating modules, despite having sufficient credits, shall not have fulfilled the learning outcomes and Teaching Council requirements of the 'new' programme.
Repeat PEM3 students must complete the following:
-
Students repeat the failed MTH1054
-
Students complete MTH1019 (Discrete Mathematics) to cover for missing 5 missing ECTS in Maths
-
Students need to complete SPO1039 Adventure Activities to complete required content in PE Students need to complete EDS1055 (Access, Disadvantage, and Equality in Education) to have eventually TC required 60 ECTS in "Foundation and Professional Studies"
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Physics with Astronomy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PHA |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1043 | Physics Laboratory III |
| PHY1046 | Physics Laboratory IV (PHA) |
| ASP1004* | Astronomical Techniques |
| PHY1016 | INTRA (PHA) |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
*(Lab element)
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1036 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| PHY1034 | Electromagnetism |
| PHY1035 | Solid State Physics |
| ASP1003 | Space Science and Astronomy |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| PHY1048 | Quantum Physics II |
| PHY1049 | Statistical Physics |
| PHY1051 | Wave Optics |
| ASP1005 | Stellar Physics |
| PHY1060 | Electrodynamics |
| ASP1006 | Extragalactic Astrophysics & Cosmology |
| PHY1009 | Plasma Science and Technology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period (62.5 in Year 2) in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1043 | Physics Laboratory III |
| PHY1046 | Physics Laboratory IV (PHA) |
| ASP1004 | Astronomical Techniques |
| PHY1016 | INTRA (PHA) |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Physics with Biomedical Sciences |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PBM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1044 | Physics Laboratory IV (PBM) |
| PHY1015 | INTRA PBM |
| BIO1008 | Bioanalysis Techniques - Level 3 Laboratory |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1036 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| PHY1034 | Electromagnetism |
| PHY1035 | Solid State Physics I |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| PHY1048 | Quantum Physics II |
| PHY1049 | Statistical Physics |
| PHY1051 | Wave Optics |
| PHY1059 | Microfluidics |
| ASP1006 | Extragalactic Astrophysics and Cosmology |
| PHY1009 | Plasma Science and Technology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period (62.5 in Year 2) in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1044 | Physics Laboratory IV (PBM) |
| PHY1015 | INTRA PBM |
| BIO1008 | Bioanalysis Techniques - Level 3 Laboratory |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Physics with Data Analytics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PAN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1047 | Physics Laboratory IV (PAN) |
| PHY1040 | Databases and Data Visualization |
| PHY1055 | Numerical Methods Laboratory |
| PHY1017 | INTRA (PAN) |
| PHY1064 | Final Year Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1036 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
| MTH1034 | Linear Algebra |
| PHY1034 | Electromagnetism |
| PHY1035 | Solid State Physics I |
| MTH1080 | Probability and Statistics |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| PHY1048 | Quantum Physics II |
| PHY1050 | Semiconductor Physics I |
| PHY1049 | Statistical Physics |
| PHY1051 | Wave Optics |
| PHY1056 | Solid State Physics |
| PHY1060 | Electrodynamics |
| ASP1006 | Extragalactic Astrophysics and Cosmology |
| PHY1009 | Plasma Science and Technology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period (62.5 in Year 2) in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
PHY1047 |
Physics Laboratory IV (PAN) |
|
PHY1017 |
INTRA PAN |
|
PHY1055 |
Numerical Methods Laboratory |
|
PHY1064 |
Final Year Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
PHY1047 |
Physics Laboratory IV (PAN |
|
PHY1017 |
INTRA PAN |
|
PHY1055
|
Numerical Methods Laboratory |
|
PHY1064
|
Final Year Project |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
EEN1022 |
Digital and Analogue Electronics I |
|
MTH1034 |
Linear Algebra |
|
PHY1036 |
Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
|
MTH1080 |
Probability and Statistics |
|
PHY1033 |
Quantum Physics I |
|
PHY1034 |
Electromagnetism |
|
PHY1035 |
Solid State Physics I |
|
MTH1042 |
Modelling with Differential Equations |
|
PHY1048 |
Quantum Physics II |
|
PHY1049 |
Statistical Physics |
|
PHY1050 |
Semiconductor Physics I |
|
PHY1051 |
Wave Optics |
|
PHY1056 |
Solid State Physics II |
|
PHY1060 |
Electrodynamics |
|
ASP1006 |
Cosmology, Galaxies and Sun |
|
PHY1009 |
Plasma Science and Technology |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Psychology |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BPY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 1/3 |
| Year 4 | 2/3 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 75% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Modules Title |
|---|---|
| PSY1009 | Psychology Research Skills |
| PSY1094 | Research Methods and Statistics 1 |
| PSY1028 | Psychological Measurement and Assessment |
| PSY1024 | Qualitative Research Skills and Analysis |
| PSY1095 | Research Methods and Statistics 2 |
| PSY1096 | Group Research Project and Advanced Statistics |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 65 credits in study period 1 in order to progress to the next study period.
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in study periods 2 and 3 in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Psychology and Disruptive Technologies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BPDT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 37% |
| Year 4 | 63% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 75% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PSY1016 | Psychology Research Skills |
| PSY1022 | Research Methods and Statistics 1 |
| PSY1028 | Psychological Measurement and Assessment |
| PSY1024 | Qualitative Research Skills & Analysis |
| PSY1032 | Research Methods and Statistics 2 |
| PSY1042 | Research Methods and Statistics 3 |
Year 4 modules to be added where necessary.
1.3 Module Calculation
Marks and Standards apply
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 65 credits in study period 1 in order to progress to the next study period.
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in study periods 2 and 3 in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Psychology with Mathematics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | BPM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 3 | 37% |
| Year 4 | 63% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 75% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PSY1016 | Psychology Research Skills |
| PSY1022 | Research Methods and Statistics 1 |
| PSY1028 | Psychological Measurement and Assessment |
| PSY1024 | Qualitative Research Skills and Analysis |
| PSY1032 | Research Methods and Statistics 2 |
| PSY1042 | Research Methods and Statistics 3 |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark. These modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1011 | Linear Mathematics II |
| MTH1053 | Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
| MTH1062 | Optimisation |
|
MTH1054 |
Introduction to Analysis |
|
MTH1042 |
Modelling with Differential Equations |
|
MTH1034 |
Linear Algebra |
|
MTH1066 |
Deep Learning |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 65 credits in study period 1 in order to progress to the next study period.
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in study periods 2 and 3 in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| PSY1000 | INTRA |
| JPN1007 | Japanese Language and Culture 1 (Beginners) |
| LAN1000 | Multilingualism |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| MTH1010 | Linear Mathematics I |
| MTH1011 | Linear Mathematics II |
| MTH1018 | Probability 1 |
| MTH1035 | Calculus of Several Variables |
| MTH1039 | Linear Algebra |
| MTH1053 | Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
| MTH1054 | Introduction to Analysis |
| MTH1042 | Modelling with Differential Equations |
| MTH1062 | Optimisation |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | BSc in Sport Science and Health |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | SSH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
For entrants prior to 2021/2022 the following will apply:
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 10% |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | 70% |
For 2021/2022 entrants onward the following will apply:
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | Increased from 10% to 20% |
| Year 3 | 20% |
| Year 4 | Decreased from 70% to 60% |
Students who transfer into the programme in 2nd or 3rd year will have their degree classification based on the contribution precision marks that were achieved at DCU as per the weightings outlined above in the relevant years.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 80% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| SPO1006 | Introduction to Exercise Science |
| SPO1007 | Conditioning Science 1: Theoretical |
| SPO1008 | Motor Control and Learning |
| SPO1013 | Performance Analysis in Sport |
| SPO1017 | Conditioning Science 2: Prescription & Delivery |
| PHS1009 | Integrated Sport and Exercise Physiology |
| SPO1020 | Conditioning Science 3: Delivering Performance |
| SPO1035 | Coaching & Inclusion Studies |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| SPO1005 | INTRA |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Certificate in Peer Support Mental Health |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CPSMH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Chemical Sciences General Entry |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CGE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
| BIO1001 | How Life Works 2 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period of the relevant pathway, BSc in Analytical Science, BSc in Chemical and Pharmaceutical Science, BSc in Chemistry with Artificial Intelligence.
This stipulation does not apply to deferred, repeat or legacy students.
While progression into Year 2 of BSc in Analytical Science, BSc in Chemical and Pharmaceutical Sciences or BSc in Chemistry with Artificial Intelligence is available to all CGE students, Year 2 programme places will be assigned to CGE students, based on their Year 1 grades (merit order). When places for Year 2 programmes are limited, CGE1 students will be offered one of their Year 2 programme choices.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
| CHM1007 | Interdisciplinary Science |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1002 | Practical Biology |
| CHM1008 | Chemistry Laboratory |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1001 | How life works 2 |
| CHM1004 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Common Entry into Actuarial and Financial Mathematics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | CAFM |
| Offered on a full or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification for students who progress to either the BSc in Actuarial Science or the BSc in Financial Mathematics includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
|---|---|
| Year 2 | 25% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
These modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1087 | Linear Algebra I |
| MTH1089 | Linear Algebra II |
| MTH1035 | Calculus and Several Variables |
| MTH1043 | Analysis 2 |
| MTH1036 | Introduction to Differential Equations |
| MTH1039 | Linear Algebra |
| MTH1044 | Probability II |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period. This does not apply to year 2 repeat students in 2025/2026 – see item 6.2 Repeat Arrangements for Year 2 Repeat students.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| ECO1004 | Introduction to Microeconomics |
| ECO1005 | Introduction to Macroeconomics |
| MTH1088 | Calculus |
| MTH1018 | Probability 1 |
| MTH1081 | Statistics I |
| MTH1082 | Statistics II |
| ACC1038 | Accounting 1 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
List of category 3 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
MTH1087 |
Linear Algebra I |
|
MTH1018 |
Probability 1 |
|
MTH1089 |
Linear Algebra II |
|
MTH1035 |
Calculus of Several Variables |
|
MTH1043 |
Analysis 2 |
|
MTH1036 |
Introduction to Differential Equations |
|
MTH1044 |
Probability II |
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
(to be used when restructuring has taken place and specific arrangements need to be put in place for repeat students)
6.1 Year 1 Repeat Students
Where a repeat student enrolled in year 1 of the programme in the academic year 2024/25 fails or defers MTH1039, but has successfully completed all other year 1 modules, they will be required to repeat MTH1039 in 2025/26.
6.2 Year 2 Repeat Students
Where a student enrolled in year 2 of the programme in the academic year 2024/25 is required to repeat Year 2 in 2025/26, they will repeat:-
(a) the module(s) which they did not pass in the initial academic session if still offered on the new structure
(b) a replacement module as indicated below:
-
MTH1037 students must take MTH1093 (5 credits)
-
ACC1012 students must take ACC1038 (5 credits)
(c) in addition to the above, all year 2 repeat students must also complete MTH1094 Financial Mathematics (10 credits)
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Diploma in Health Studies |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | DHS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Students must have 50 theoretical credits from Year 1, 25 theoretical credits from Year 2 and 15 theoretical credits from Year 3 of specified theoretical modules from the BSc in Nursing programmes. These credits cannot be accumulated from any practice modules in Year 1 2 or 3 of the BSc Nursing programmes.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Health Studies award.
If / when a student has more than the required number of theoretical credits in Years 1, 2 or 3 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible theoretical modules with the highest marks.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules will change over time. Therefore, alternative theoretical modules which map onto the exit Diploma’s Programme Learning Outcomes from the BSc Nursing programmes will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Doctor of Elite Performance (Sport) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | DELITE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
Years 3 to 4 are governed by Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees by Research & Thesis
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully complete a minimum of 30 credits or a maximum of 45 credits in year one.
Students must successfully complete a minimum of 15 credits or a maximum of 30 credits in year two.
| Year | Credits |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 30 - 45 |
| Year 2 | 15 - 30 |
| Year 3 and 4 | 180 |
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will be permitted to progress to Year 2 of the Professional Doctorate in Elite Performance (Sport) ‘Carrying’ a module (maximum 15 credits) but will not be permitted to progress beyond Year 2 without passing all assessment requirements of modules 1 – 4 (60 credits). Students cannot carry SPO1054 into year two
3.3 Exit Awards
Graduate Diploma Students who have successfully completed 60 taught credits may request to exit with the Graduate Diploma in Elite Performance (Sport) (60 ECTS, Level 9).
MPhil in Elite Performance (Sport) Students who have successfully completed 60 taught credits and subsequently complete a 60- credit Level 9 dissertation may request to exit with a MPhil in Elite Performance (Sport) (120 ECTS, Level 9).
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Doctor of Psychotherapy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | DPSY |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
Years 3 to 4 are governed by Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees by Research & Thesis
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Attendance of 80% is required for the following module:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PST1029 | PP - Advanced Psychotherapy Practice |
| PST1032 | Theoretical and Conceptual Approaches to Supervision |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed the necessary credits in each study period to progress to the next study period.
Existing students who have entered the programme on or before 2013/2014:
| Year | Credits |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 45 |
| Year 2 | 40 |
| Year 3 and 4 | 185 |
New students who enter the programme from 2014/2015:
| Year | Credits |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 60 |
| Year 2 | 60 |
| Year 3 and 4 | 120 |
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 90 or above credits, students may exit with an MA in Psychotherapeutic Studies as indicated on the academic structure.
In order to exit with the MA in Psychotherapeutic Studies (MPSY) candidates are required to have accrued 90 credits from modules undertaken during years 1 and 2 of the Doctor of Psychotherapy programme (DPSY).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Women’s Health (Sport & Exercise) |
| Programme Code | GCWH |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time | Continuous |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Child and Family Health and Wellbeing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDCHW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
The majority of students will be expected to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Child and Family Health and Wellbeing (Level 9, 60 ECTs).
Postgraduate Certificate Exit
Students who complete the following three modules worth 30 credits (level 9, 30 ECTs) in total can request to exit with the award of Postgraduate Certificate in Child and Family Health and Wellbeing
| Module Code | Module Name | Credits |
|
HEA1034 |
Children's Rights & Participation |
10 |
|
HEA1056 |
Child and Family Focused - Care and Wellbeing |
10 |
|
HEA1057 |
Care and Service Provision Closer to Home |
10 |
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
All modules in Semesters One and Two are Category One modules – that is a resit is available
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Health and Social Inclusion |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | GDHSI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate as indicated on the academic structure. The 30 credits will comprise of the following modules:
-
HEA1037 Achieving Health Equity: Perspective and Practice
-
HEA1021 Health Promotion Contexts of Marginalisation
And one of the following:
-
HEA1038 Health and social engagement across the lifespan, or
-
HEA1039 Leadership, and Innovation for Health and Social Inclusion
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Specialist Nursing |
| Programme Code | GDSN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Students must attain pass (competency in all 6 domains) in the Clinical Competency Assessment Tool (C-CAT) component of assessment in addition to the theory-based assignment in order to meet the learning outcomes and pass the following modules in order to progress:
- NUR1138 & NUR1139 (Women’s Health),
- NUR1144 & NUR1145 (Chronic Disease Management)
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Marks and Standards apply.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
The majority of students will be expected to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Specialist Nursing (Level 9, 60 ECTs).
Postgraduate Certificate Exit
Students who complete the following three modules worth 30 credits (level 9, 30 ECTs) in total can request to exit with the award of Postgraduate
Certificate in Specialist Nursing:
- Specialist Pathway (2 x 10 credits)
- Core Module (10 credits)
These exit awards are in line with DCU Marks and Standards. Students will graduate with one award only; the highest at whom they elect to terminate their studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Higher Diploma in Children's Nursing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PRCN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
This programme extends over a calendar year and the normal workload for the programme is 70 ECTS credits.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
External/Professional Body: Nursing and Midwifery Board of Ireland. Please note prior to 2012, the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Ireland was known as An Bord Altranais.
Compensation is not permitted between theory and practice components of practice modules [“The assessment strategy does not allow compensation between theoretical and practice assessments” Nursing & Midwifery Board of Ireland, Children’s Nurse Post Registration Education Programmes Standards and Requirements (2nd Edition), 2018, p.31, 3.2.5.18] (M&S 7.2.2.1).
The “academic session” for this programme is to be extended beyond the conventional 12-month period (M&S 2.2).
Because of the length of the clinical placement modules, it is not possible for students to repeat them in their entirety and, in the event of a repeat opportunity, a student will need to carry the passed elements (M&S 7.1.6).
Please note prior to 2012, the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Ireland was known as An Bord Altranais
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Theoretical content will be graded and the results obtained for the theoretical modules will make up 100% of the overall programme marks. Students must pass both of the practice modules.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| NUR1097 | Practice Module 1 |
| NUR1098 | Practice Module 2 |
The following lists modules, the credits for which may not be counted for the application of compensation:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| NUR1097 | Practice Module 1 |
| NUR1098 | Practice Module 2 |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Astrophysics & Relativity |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSAR |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
The assessment of the project module ASP1000 is based on:
- Short introductory report, prepared using Latex, on the topic of the student’s project.
- Minor presentation, introducing the topic of their presentation.
- Written report.
- Presentation of final results of the project.
- Supervisor’s assessment of the student’s overall ability to work independently and creatively on their project.
There is no re-sit opportunity for this module. A student who fails the project will be given a single new opportunity (with a fresh project) the following year.
This programme will only run when it is viable to do so. Hence students who fail/defer modules may not be able to repeat/take those modules in subsequent academic sessions, and appropriate substitute modules may not then be available.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Full-Time and Part-Time Offering: Marks and Standards apply.
3.1 Exit Awards
Having successfully completed 60 ECTS credits of taught elements, students may choose to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Astrophysics & Relativity. This exit route will facilitate students who do not complete the research thesis element of the MSc programme.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% continuous assessment module
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Bioprocess Engineering |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MSBE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Bioprocess Engineering as indicated in the academic structure. They are required to complete 6 modules from the following list:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BTE1024 | Fundamentals of Bioreaction Engineering |
| GCB1005 | Recombinant DNA Technology |
| BTE1031 | Introduction to Bioprocess Engineering |
| BTE1033 | Animal Cell Culture Technology |
| BTE1035 | Bioreactor Design, Modelling & Monitoring |
| BTE1025 | Bioseparations |
| BTE1028 | Bioprocessing Laboratory 1 |
| BTE1032 | Bioprocess Scale Up & Technology Transfer |
| BTE1034 | Biopharmaceutical Industry Regulation & Management |
| BTE1037 | Formulations & Delivery of Biopharmaceuticals |
| BTE1038 | Biopharmaceutical Facility Design & Operation |
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Bioprocess Engineering as indicated in the academic structure. Students are required to complete all modules except BE571* (Bioprocess Engineering Project A (Lab based)) and BTE1039 (Bioprocess Engineering Design Project).
Continuing/part-time students should not register for the project module (BTE1039) or alternative project module (BE571*) unless they have already passed the minimum of any 6 modules within the programme.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
3.2 BTE1039 Pathways
The option to carry out a lab-based research project instead of the traditional theory-based dissertation in BTE1039 will be limited to a maximum of four places. Applicants will be ranked in merit order based on marks obtained in Semester 1.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BTE1028 | Bioprocessing Laboratory 1 |
| BTE1039 | Bioprocess Engineering Design Project |
| BE571* | Bioprocess Engineering Project A (Lab based) |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Biotherapeutics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MBPT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Biotherapeutics as indicated in the academic structure. Students are required to complete four core modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1030 | Immuno- and Onco-Therapeutics |
| BTE1043 | Neuro & Cardiovascular Therapeutics |
| BTE1029 | Biotherapeutic Pipeline |
| BTE1036 | Regulatory Affairs Sc. for Biotech Products |
They are also required to complete two from the following 8 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BTE1025 | Bioseparations |
| GCB1005 | Recombinant DNA Technology |
| BIO1026 | Intro to Cell Biology and Biotechnology |
| BIO1025 | Professional Skills for Scientists |
| BIO1031 | Practical on Laboratory Techniques |
| BTE1030 | Cast Studies in Biotherapeutic Development (workshop module) |
| BTE1031 | Introduction to Bioprocess Engineering |
| BTE1033 | Animal Cell Culture Technology |
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Biotherapeutics as indicated in the academic structure. Students are required to complete all modules except Research Design and Methodology Project (BIO1032) or MasterClass in Biotherapeutics (BIO1033),respectively.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1031 | Practical on Laboratory Techniques |
| BTE1030 | Case Studies in Biotherapeutic Development (workshop module) |
| BIO1032 | Research Design & Methodology Project |
| BIO1033 | MasterClass in Biotherapeutics |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Child and Family Health and Wellbeing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MCHW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
For entrants prior to 2025 the following applies: students must successfully complete a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to year 2.
For 2025-2026 entrants, students must successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Graduate Certificate
Candidates who successfully complete 30 credits at Level 9 may request to exit with a Graduate Certificate in Child and Family Health and Wellbeing. The 30 credits will comprise of the following modules:
- HEA1056 Child and Family-focused Care and Wellbeing
- HEA1034 Children’s Rights and Participation
- HEA 1057 Care and Service Provision Closer to Home
Graduate Diploma
Upon completion of 60 credits students who wish to exit will need to transfer to the Graduate Diploma in Child and Family Health and Wellbeing. The 60 credits will comprise of the following modules:
- HEA1040 Research & Evaluation Methods
- HEA1056 Child and Family-Focused Care and Well Being
- HEA1034 Children’s Rights and Participation
- HEA1020 Global Child Health & Health Inequalities
- HEA1036 Cont. Issues in Child and Adolescent Mental Health
- HEA1057 Care and Service Provision Closer to Home
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Diagnostics and Precision Medicine |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MDPM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| BIO1029 | Laboratory Practical Techniques |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
| BIO1040 | Masterclasses in Precision Medicine |
| BIO1034 | Literature Review, Project and Presentation |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Elite Sport Performance |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MESP DC 702 |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time | Continuous |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students registered on the part time programme must successfully have completed the necessary credits in each study period to progress to the next study period.
| Year | Credits |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 30 - 45 (see item 3.2) |
| Year 2 | 45 |
Students registered on the continuous modular programme can only do so if they are progressing from July Stimulus. These students will be exempt from modules SPO1046, SPO1047, SPO1048 and SPO1049.
| Year | Credits |
|---|---|
| Continuous | Modular | 90 |
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students on the part time programme must pass 30 credits in Year 1 of the programme in order to progress to Year 2. Students will be permitted to progress to Year 2 of the MSc in Elite Sport Performance ‘carrying’ maximum 15 credits but will not be allowed progress without passing SPO1056 Research Methods for Sport Practitioners in Year 1.
3.3 Exit Awards
Graduate Certificate
Candidates who pass 30 credits (Modules SPO1046, SPO1047, SPO1048 and SPO1049) at Level 9 may request to exit with a Graduate Certificate in Elite Sport Performance (Level 9, 30 ECTS).
Graduate Diploma
Students who have successfully completed Modules SPO1046, SPO1047, SPO1048 and SPO1049, SPO1050 and SPO1051 (thereby accruing 60 credits) may request to exit with the Graduate Diploma in Elite Sport Performance (Level 9, 60 ECTS).
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Financial Mathematics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MFM |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Students complete either the project module MTH1069, or the work-based project MTH1075. Students may choose to complete MTH1075 when a suitable internship is available. Otherwise, they must complete MTH1069 instead.
The assessment of the project module MTH1069 is based on:
- A preliminary presentation to take place in semester 1
- A written report normally submitted in September
- A presentation attended by the external examiner in September
There is no re-sit opportunity for this module. A student who fails the project will be given a single new opportunity (with a fresh project) the following year.
This programme will only run when it is viable to do so. Hence students who fail/defer modules may not be able to repeat/take those modules in subsequent academic sessions, and appropriate substitute modules may not then be available.
1.1 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
These modules are listed below:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| MTH1067 | Probability and Finance II (Advanced) |
| MTH1074 | Probability and Finance I (Advanced) |
| MTH1073 | Optimisation |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Full-Time Offering: Marks and Standards apply.
Part-Time Offering:
- Students must complete modules MTH1067 and MTH1074 in year one to be permitted to progress to the following year of study.
- Modules ACT1000 and MTH1077 must be completed in year two.
Remaining core modules MTH1071, MTH1072 and MTH1069 (or its work-based alternative MTH1075) can be completed during either year one or year two.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Health and Social Inclusion |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MHSI |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
For entrants prior to 2025 the following applies: students must successfully complete a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to year 2.
For 2025-2026 entrants, students must successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students who wish to exit will need to transfer to the Graduate Diploma in Health and Social Inclusion programme. The 60 credits will comprise of the following modules:
-
HEA1038 Health and social engagement across the lifespan, lifestyle and culture
-
HEA1039 Leadership and Innovation for Health and Social Inclusion
-
HEA1040 Research and Evaluation Methods
-
HEA1037 Achieving Health Equity: Perspective and Practice
-
HEA1021 Health Promotion Contexts of Marginalisation
Students must also successfully complete one of the following optional modules:
-
HEA1041 Independent Study
-
HEA1033 Trauma Informed Professional Practice
-
HEA1020 Global Child Health and Health Inequalities (available to pre 2025 entrants)
-
HEA1060 Adult Safeguarding (available to 2025-2026 entrants)
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate as indicated on the academic structure. The 30 credits will comprise of the following modules:
-
HEA1037 Achieving Health Equity: Perspective and Practice
-
HEA1021 Health Promotion Contexts of Marginalisation
And one of the following: -
HEA1038 Health and social engagement across the lifespan, or
-
HEA1039 Leadership, and Innovation for Health and Social Inclusion
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Masters of Science in Nursing: Advance Practice |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MNAP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Calculation for the Award Classification The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 50% |
| Year 2 | 50% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| NUR1126 | Clinical Practicum 1 |
| NUR1128 | Clinical Practicum 2 |
Students must be deemed competent across all clinical assessment domains on all clinical practicum modules.
Students must complete 250 hours of notarised clinical practice in each clinical practicum module.
Achieving a ‘pass’ in clinical competencies assessment(s) and notarised attendance is standard professional practice within Master’s-level nursing programmes.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Students must pass both theory and practice components of clinical practicum modules.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period (60 credits in Year 1) in order to progress to year 2 of the programme.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits in year 1, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate.
Upon completion of 60 credits in year 1, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award (than MSc. i.e. with one of the two awards listed above), the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at the first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Psychology (Conversion) |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MPC |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification is based on 100% contribution from the full year (90 credits).
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance requirement of at least 75% for the following modules is mandatory for successful completion:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PSY1055 | Advanced Psychology Research Skills |
| PSY1062 | Advanced Individual Differences |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
3.1 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.2 Exit Awards
Students will be expected to progress through to MSc degree level. No PSI-accredited exit point at level 9 will be considered, in line with anticipated PSI accreditation guidelines. However, those students who fail to achieve the full 90 ECTS credits to complete the MSc degree, may be eligible for a university-approved “Postgraduate Certificate in Psychological Studies” or a university-approved “Graduate Diploma in Psychological Studies”. In order to be eligible for the Postgraduate Certificate, students must have achieved a minimum of 30 ECTS credits (up to a maximum of 55 ECTS credits) across all semesters. In order to be eligible for the Graduate Diploma, students must have achieved a minimum of 60 ECTS credits (up to a maximum of 85 ECTS credits) across all semesters. For both exit routes, a minimum of 30 ECTS credits must be obtained (which may include the research project module).
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Psychology and Wellbeing |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MPW |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
The MSc in Psychology and Wellbeing is offered as both a one year full-time and two-year part-time programme. Applicants must have a minimum 2nd class honours (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in psychology and must be eligible for graduate membership of the Psychological Society of Ireland (PSI).
1.1 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 75% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules.
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PSY1069 | Specialist Review in Psychology and Wellbeing |
| PSY1070 | Advanced Psychological Research Methods |
| PSY1071 | Communities and Wellbeing |
| PSY1072 | Evidence-based psychological practice |
| PSY1002 | Environmental influences on wellbeing |
| PSY1077 | Wellbeing through the life-span |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Psychotherapy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MCOU |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
The MSc in Psychotherapy (MCOU) is a four year part-time programme with an exit point after 2 years with the Graduate Diploma in Psychotherapy. There are 3 main entry points to the programme at Years 1, 2 and 3. Additionally, applicants may enter the programme via the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) route by seeking exemptions from Year 1 and 2 modules. Those who enter at Year 3 of the programme are also required to apply for the programme via the RPL route.
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
In calculating the precision mark, the following programme regulations apply:
- Students who enter at Year 1 of the MSc in Psychotherapy will have their precision mark calculated on the results of modules for Years 1, 2, 3 and 4. Students who exit with the Graduate Diploma in Psychotherapy will have their precision mark calculated on the results of modules for Years 1 and 2 of the programme.
- Students who enter via the RPL route at Year 2 of the MSc in Psychotherapy will have their precision mark calculated on the results of modules for Years 2, 3 and 4.
- Students who enter via the RPL route at Year 3 of the MSc in Psychotherapy will have their precision mark calculated on the results of modules for Years 3 and 4.
Course accredited by the Irish Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy and the National Association for Pastoral Counselling and Psychotherapy.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 75% is mandatory for successful completion of all modules on the programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
External/Professional Body: European Council for Psychotherapy (EAP) and Irish Council for Psychotherapy (ICP).
The maximum registration period for the MSc in Psychotherapy is 6 years (M&S 5.1).
Students of the MSc in Psychotherapy must attain a minimum mark of 40% in the practice-based component of assessment in order to pass the following modules and progress:
● Professional Practice Portfolio PPP1 module PST1025
● Professional Practice Portfolio 2 module PST1012
● Professional Practice Portfolio 3 module PST1013
● Professional Practice Portfolio 4 module PST1014
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed the following number of credits in the study period listed in order to progress to the next study period.
| Year | Credits for Progression |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 30 |
| Year 2 | 30 |
| Year 3 | 20 |
| Year 4 | 40 |
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Physiotherapy |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | MPT |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
| Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
|
Year 1 |
50% |
|
Year 2 |
50% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Compulsory attendance applies to the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
TRE1018 |
Introduction to Physiotherapy Professional Practice |
|
TRE1019 |
Applied Anatomy and Neuroanatomy |
|
TRE1020 |
Behaviour Change and Exercise for Non-Communicable Diseases |
|
TRE1021 |
Musculoskeletal Physiotherapy |
|
TRE1022 |
Cardiorespiratory Physiotherapy |
|
TRE1023 |
Neurological Physiotherapy |
|
TRE1025 |
Clinical Practice 1 |
|
TRE1026 |
Clinical Practice 2 |
|
TRE1027 |
Specialist Physiotherapy Practice |
|
TRE1028 |
Pain Assessment and Rehabilitation |
|
TRE1029 |
Aging and Health |
|
TRE1030 |
Clinical Practice 3 |
|
TRE1031 |
Complex Care |
|
TRE1035 |
Clinical Practice 4 |
A minimum attendance of 80% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|
TRE1024 |
Research Informed Practice |
|
TRE1032 |
Foundations of Sports Physiotherapy |
|
TRE1033 |
Advanced Physiotherapy Professional Practice and Service Innovation |
|
TRE1034 |
Health Systems and Policy |
|
TRE1036 |
Research Project |
Programme modules will occasionally run outside of the current academic year to ensure fulfilment of requirements, as required by the external regulator, CORU, the Health and Social Care Professions Council.
1.3 Clinical Placement Requirements
Students will undertake 1000 hours of clinical placement as part of this programme. In order to meet programme requirements for clinical placement, students are required to fulfil the following requirements, prior to commencing placement:
Garda vetting and if applicable; international police clearance procedures
-
Health screening procedures
-
Manual handling training
-
Basic Life Support Training
-
HSEl and training as listed below:
- AMRIC Hand Hygiene
- AMRIC Basics of Infection Prevention and Control
- Fundamentals of GDPR
- National Sepsis E-learning Programme for (non-pregnant adult patients)
- An Introduction to Children's First
- Manual Handling and People Handling e-learning theory Module
- Putting on and taking off PPE in acute healthcare settings
- Putting on and taking off PPE in community healthcare settings
- Compass e-learning Education Programme incorporating the National Early Warning Score (NEWS)
- Communicating effectively through Open Disclosure
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed, as indicated below, the minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
| Year | Credits for Progression |
|---|---|
| Year 1 | 60 |
| Year 2 | 60 |
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ taught modules under any circumstances. Students are permitted to carry one ‘failed’ or incomplete clinical placement from Year 1 to Year 2.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to progress, they may exit with an exit award, as specified below:
Graduate Certificate:
Students must have completed 30 credits from year 1 (i.e. semester 1) to exit with a Graduate Certificate in Health Sciences.
Graduate Diploma:
Students must have completed semester 1 and 2 of year 1 (60 credits) to exit with a Diploma in Health Sciences.
Students who exit with a graduate certificate or diploma are not eligible to become chartered physiotherapists or gain recognition from CORU pending accreditation of this MSc in Physiotherapy programme. The required competencies to practice as a physiotherapist will not have been met. Credit awarded for clinical placement is not included in the Graduate Certificate or Graduate Diploma exit award.
4. Compensation
In order to meet the requirements of CORU, the Health and Social Care Professions Council, compensation is not allowed.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
List of category 2 modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
|
TRE1025 |
Clinical Practice 1 |
|
TRE1026 |
Clinical Practice 2 |
|
TRE1030 |
Clinical Practice 3 |
|
TRE1035 |
Clinical Practice 4 |
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
6. Repeat Arrangements
Due to alignment of this programme to CORU requirements, if a student fails a clinical placement module, they will repeat this module at the timepoint of the next planned clinical placement module. For example, if a student fails Clinical Placement 2 (Summer term, Year 1), they repeat this module during Semester 1 of Year 1, (when Clinical Placement 3 is timetabled, and subsequent placements move to the next placement timeslot.
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | MSc in Specialist Nursing |
| Programme Code | MSN |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found at https://www.dcu.ie/ovpaa/Policies-and-Regulations.shtml
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Students must attain pass (competency in all 6 domains) in the Clinical Competency Assessment Tool (C-CAT) component of assessment in addition to the theory-based assignment in order to meet the learning outcomes and pass the following modules in order to progress:
- NUR1138 Ambulatory Gynaecology Healthcare Specialist 1 & NUR1139 Ambulatory Gynaecology Healthcare Specialist 2 (Women’s Health),
- NUR1144 Adult Chronic Disease Management Specialist 1 & NUR1145 Adult Chronic Disease Management Specialist 2 (Chronic Disease Management)
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
For entrants prior to 2025 the following applies: students must successfully complete a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to year 2.
For 2025-2026 entrants, students must successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
The majority of students will be expected to exit with an MSc in Specialist Nursing (Level 9, 90 ECTs).
Postgraduate Certificate Exit
Students who complete the following three modules worth 30 credits (level 9, 30 ECTs) in total can request to exit with the award of Postgraduate Certificate in Specialist Nursing
- Specialist Pathway (2 x 10 credits)
- One Core Module (10 credits)
Postgraduate Diploma Exit
Upon completion of 60 credits students who wish to exit will need to transfer to the Graduate Diploma in Specialist Nursing programme. The 60 credits will comprise of the following modules:
- Nursing, Leadership and Change Management (10 credits)
- Health Communications and Digital Solutions (10 credits)
- Specialist Pathway ( 2 x 10 credits)
- Research and Evaluation Methods (10 credits)
- One Option Module (10 credits)
- Advanced Physical Assessment
- Dementia Care
- Palliative and End-Of-Life Care
- Safeguarding Adults at Risk (for 2025 entrants)
These exit awards are in line with DCU Marks and Standards. Students will graduate with one award only; the highest at whom they elect to terminate their studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Physics General Entry |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PGE |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1030 | Physics Laboratory II |
| PHY1031 | Physics Laboratory I |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1021 | Life, the Universe and Everything |
| PHY1018 | Light and Optics |
| PHY1022 | Motion and Energy |
| PHY1020 | Thermal and Physical Properties of Matter |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period of the relevant pathway, BSc. Applied Physics, BSc. Physics with Biomedical Sciences, BSc. Physics with Astronomy or BSc Physics in Data Analytics.
This stipulation does not apply to deferred, repeat or legacy students.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PHY1030 | Physics Laboratory II |
| PHY1031 | Physics Laboratory I |
| MTH1030 | Calculus and its Applications |
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Professional Diploma in Clinical Supervision |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PDCS |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Attendance of 80% is required for the following modules:
| Module Code | Module Title |
|---|---|
| PST1032 | Theoretical and Conceptual Approaches to Supervision |
| PST1034 | Professional Supervision Practice |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
3.1 Credits for progression
In order to attain a professional diploma students must complete a minimum of 30 credits as indicated in the academic structure.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
As this is a one-year part-time programme, there is no facility to exit with a lesser award.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment
Programme Regulations 2025-2026
| Programme Title | Professional Diploma in Teaching Physics |
|---|---|
| Programme Code | PDITP |
| Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
The Professional Diploma in Teaching Physics is designed to upskill post-primary teachers to meet current Teaching Council subject requirements in Physics at the highest level. Approved by the Department of Education and Skills, this Award is delivered by DCU Faculty of Science and Health in collaboration with partners in the University of Limerick (UL) and NUI Galway (NUIG).
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
This continuous part-time programme comprises 75 ETCS delivered over three academic sessions. The final award classification is calculated on the basis of a weighted average of all modules, across all years of the programme.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Students must attend PHY1093 Summer School in order to pass the module.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
DCU’s Marks and Standards to apply to all students.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
A total of 75 credits are required to attain this award.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students are permitted to progress to level 2 modules (carrying PHY1011 and PHY1066) but cannot register for level two modules if they have not successfully completed PHY1001, PHY1002 and PHY1065.
Students are permitted to progress to level 3 modules carrying PHY1093.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
Resit category 1: A resit is available for both components of the module.
Resit category 2: No resit is available for a 100% coursework module.
Resit category 3: No resit is available for the coursework component where there is a coursework and summative examination element.
[1] ‘Both’ is used in the context of the module having a coursework/summative examination split; where the module is 100% coursework, there will also be a resit of the assessment